0000791049-12-000004.txt : 20120127 0000791049-12-000004.hdr.sgml : 20120127 20120127140418 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000791049-12-000004 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 485BPOS PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 5 FILED AS OF DATE: 20120127 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20120127 EFFECTIVENESS DATE: 20120130 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CASCADES TRUST CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000791049 IRS NUMBER: 136868231 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MA FISCAL YEAR END: 0930 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 485BPOS SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 033-04382 FILM NUMBER: 12551092 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 380 MADISON AVE STE 2300 CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10017 BUSINESS PHONE: 2126976666 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 380 MADISON AVENUE STREET 2: # 2300 CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10017 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: TAX FREE TRUST OF OREGON DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19890810 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CASCADES TRUST CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000791049 IRS NUMBER: 136868231 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MA FISCAL YEAR END: 0930 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 485BPOS SEC ACT: 1940 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 811-04626 FILM NUMBER: 12551093 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 380 MADISON AVE STE 2300 CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10017 BUSINESS PHONE: 2126976666 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 380 MADISON AVENUE STREET 2: # 2300 CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10017 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: TAX FREE TRUST OF OREGON DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19890810 0000791049 S000006648 TAX-FREE TRUST OF OREGON C000018137 Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Class A ORTFX C000018138 Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Class C ORTCX C000018139 Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Class I ORTIX C000018140 Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Class Y ORTYX 485BPOS 1 orb12.htm N-1A PARTS A, B AND C orb12.htm

As filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission on January 27, 2012
Registration Nos. 33-4382 & 811-4626


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
[ X ]
   
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
[    ]
   
Post-Effective Amendment No.  38
[ X ]
   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
[ X ]
   
Amendment No. 39
[ X ]

THE CASCADES TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300
New York, New York 10017
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(212) 697-6666
(Registrant's Telephone Number)

(212) 697-6666
(Registrant's Telephone Number)
Diana P. Herrmann
Aquila Investment Management LLC
380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300
New York, New York 10017
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 
Copy to:
 
Roger P. Joseph, Esq.
Bingham McCutchen LLP
One Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 
 

 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):


[    ]
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ X]
on January 30, 2012 pursuant to paragraph (b)
[    ]
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)
[    ]
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)
[    ]
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii)
[    ]
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Rule 485.
[    ]
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previous post-effective amendment.
   


 
 

 


Tax-Free Trust of Oregon

PROSPECTUS

January 30, 2012



 
Tickers:
Class A – ORTFX
Class C – ORTCX
   
Class   I – ORTIX
Class Y – ORTYX

Tax-Free Trust of Oregon is a mutual fund that seeks to provide you as high a level of current income exempt from Oregon state and regular Federal income taxes as is consistent with preservation of capital by investing in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from Oregon state and regular Federal income taxes and are of investment grade quality.


For general inquiries & yield information
800-437-1020 toll-free or 212-697-6666


The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Trust’s securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trust Summary
1
   
Investment Objective
1
   
Fees and Expenses of the Trust
1
   
Shareholder Fees
1
   
Portfolio Turnover
2
   
Principal Investment Strategies
2
   
Principal Risks
3
   
Trust Performance
5
   
Management
7
   
Purchase and Sale of Trust Shares
7
   
Tax Information
7
   
Payment to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
7
   
Investment of the Trust’s Assets
7
   
Trust Management
15
   
Net Asset Value per Share
16
 
Purchases
 
16
   
Redeeming An Investment
19
   
Alternative Purchase Plans
23
   
Dividends and Distributions
30
   
Tax Information
31
     
Financial Highlights
 
33

 
 

 


TRUST SUMMARY
Investment Objective
 
The Trust’s objective is to provide you as high a level of current income exempt from Oregon state and regular Federal income taxes as is consistent with preservation of capital.
 
Fees and Expenses of the Trust
 
 
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Trust. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your immediate family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in the Trust or in other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds. More information about these and other discounts, as well as eligibility requirements for each share class, is available from your financial advisor and in "Alternative Purchase Plans” on page 23 of the Trust's Prospectus, "What are the sales charges for purchases of Class A Shares” on page 24 of the Prospectus, "Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Purchases of Class A Shares” on page 26 of the Prospectus, and “Purchase, Redemption, and Pricing of Shares” on page 50 of the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).  No Class I Shares are currently outstanding.
 
 
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
 
 
Class A
Shares
 
Class C
Shares
Class I
Shares
Class Y
Shares
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
4.00%
None
None
None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) (as a percentage of the lesser of redemption value or purchase price)
None(1)
1.00%
None
None
Annual Trust Operating Expenses (Expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of your investment)
       
Management Fee
0.40%
0.40%
0.40%
0.40%
Distribution (12b-1) Fee
0.15%
0.75%
0.15%
None
Other Expenses
0.21%
0.46%
0.41%
0.21%
Total Annual Trust Operating Expenses
 
0.76%
 
1.61%
 
0.96%
 
0.61%
 
(1)
Purchases of $1 million or more have no sales charge but a contingent deferred sales charge of up to 1% for redemptions within two years of purchase and up to 0.50 of 1% for redemptions during the  third and fourth years after purchase.

(2)           Other Expenses of Class I Shares are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.


1

 
 

 

 

Example
 
This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Trust with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.
 
The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Trust for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Trust’s operating expenses remain the same. Six years after the date of purchase, Class C Shares automatically convert to Class A Shares. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
 
 

 
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
 
Class A Shares
$475
$633
$805
$1,305
Class C Shares
$264
$508
$876
$1,473
Class I Shares
$98
$306
$531
$1,178
Class Y Shares
$62
$195
$340
$762

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your Class C Shares:

Class C Shares
$164
$508
$876
$1,473
 
Portfolio Turnover
 
The Trust pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Trust shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual Trust operating expenses or in the example, affect the Trust's performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Trust's portfolio turnover rate was 15% of the average value of its portfolio.
 
 
Principal Investment Strategies
 
The Trust invests primarily in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt in the opinion of bond counsel from regular Federal income  tax and Oregon state personal income tax. In general, all or almost all of these obligations are issued by the State of Oregon, its counties and various other local authorities. We call these “Oregon Obligations.” These securities may include participation or other interests in municipal securities and variable rate demand notes.  Some Oregon Obligations, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other Oregon Obligations, such as revenue bonds, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Trust’s net assets will consist of Oregon Obligations the income paid upon which will not be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax on individuals.  These obligations can be of any maturity, but the Trust’s average portfolio maturity has traditionally been between 10 and 18 years.

At the time of purchase, the Trust’s Oregon Obligations must be of investment grade quality. This means that they must either

*
be rated within the four highest credit ratings assigned by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or,

*
if unrated, be determined to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser.


 
2

 
 

 


The Sub-Adviser selects obligations for the Trust’s portfolio to best achieve the Trust’s objective by considering various characteristics including quality, maturity and coupon rate.

The Trust may use derivatives, including futures contracts and options on futures contracts, for a variety of purposes, including to “hedge” or protect its portfolio from adverse movements in securities prices and interest rates.


Principal Risks

Market and Interest Rate Risk. The market prices of the Trust’s securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. When market prices fall, the value of your investment may go down. The value of your investment may also go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term securities.

Credit Risk. If an issuer or obligor of a security held by the Trust or a counterparty to a financial contract with the Trust defaults or is downgraded, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will typically decline.

Rating Agency Risk. Investment grade debt securities may be downgraded by a major rating agency to below investment grade status, which would increase the risk of holding these securities. In addition, a rating may become stale in that it fails to reflect changes to an issuer’s financial condition. Ratings represent the rating agency’s opinion regarding the quality of the security and are not a guarantee of quality. Rating agencies may fail to make timely credit ratings in response to subsequent events. In addition, rating agencies are subject to an inherent conflict of interest because they are often compensated by the same issuers whose securities they grade.

Risks Associated with Investments in Oregon and Other Municipal Obligations. The Trust may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting Oregon and other municipal issuers.

Tax Risk. The income on the Trust’s Oregon Obligations and other municipal obligations could become subject to Federal and/or state income taxes due to noncompliant conduct by issuers, unfavorable legislation or litigation or adverse interpretations by regulatory authorities.

Liquidity Risk. Some securities held by the Trust may be difficult to sell, or illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the Trust is forced to sell an illiquid security to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the Trust may be forced to sell the security at a loss.

Prepayment or Call Risk. Many issuers have a right to prepay their securities. If interest rates fall, an issuer may exercise this right, and the Trust could be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the prepaid security. The Trust may also lose any premium it paid on the security.

Portfolio Selection Risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the Sub-Adviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates, is incorrect.

Derivatives Risk. Using derivatives can increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or the derivative instruments themselves, behave in a way not anticipated by the Trust. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect (which may increase investment losses) and increase Trust volatility. Derivatives may be difficult to sell, unwind or value, and the counterparty may default on its obligations to the Trust. Recent legislation calls

3

 
 

 


for new regulation of the derivatives markets. The extent and impact of the regulation are not yet fully known and may not be for some time. New regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.

Leveraging Risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the Trust borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the Trust’s portfolio. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the Trust would otherwise have had. The Trust may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations.

The Trust is classified as a “non-diversified” investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). Thus, compared with “diversified” funds, it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in obligations of a small number of issuers. In general, the more the Trust invests in the securities of specific issuers or issues of a similar project type, the more the Trust is exposed to risks associated with investments in those issuers or types of projects.  Also, the Trust may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund.

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Trust.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in the Prospectus or in the SAI.


4

 
 

 



Trust Performance

The following bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Trust by showing changes in the Trust’s performance from year to year and by showing how the Trust’s average annual returns for the designated periods compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. The Trust's past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Trust will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available at www.aquilafunds.com or by calling 800-437-1020 (toll-free).


ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
As of December 31
Class Y Shares
2002 - 2011
 
 
12%                                                              11.10%
                                                                  XXXX           10.00%
10%              9.20%                                            XXXX           XXXX
                 XXXX                                             XXXX           XXXX
8%               XXXX                                             XXXX           XXXX
                 XXXX                                             XXXX           XXXX
6%               XXXX                                             XXXX           XXXX
                 XXXX   5.14%                                     XXXX           XXXX
4%               XXXX   XXXX   3.94%         3.78%                XXXX           XXXX
                 XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   2.77   XXXX   2.99          XXXX           XXXX
2%               XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX          XXXX   1.33    XXXX
                 XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX          XXXX   XXXX    XXXX
0%               XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX  -1.03   XXXX   XXXX    XXXX
                                                           XXXX
-2                                                         XXXX
                 2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011
 
Calendar Years
 
During the 10-year period shown in the bar chart, the highest return for a quarter was 5.51% (quarter ended September 30, 2009) and the lowest return for a quarter was -3.17% (quarter ended September 30, 2008).


5

 
 

 


 
Average Annual Total Returns for
the Periods Ended December 31, 2011
 
1 Year
5 Years
10 Years
Class Returns Before Taxes:
     
Class A
5.45%
3.76%
4.27%
Class C
7.88%
3.72%
3.81%
Class Y
10.00%
4.77%
4.85%
Class Y Returns After Taxes:
     
On Distributions
10.00%
4.77%
4.84%
On Distributions and Redemption
7.84%
4.64%
4.75%
Barclays Capital Quality Intermediate Municipal Bond Index(1)
8.55%
5.68%
5.06%
 
____________________________
 
(1)  This index is unmanaged and does not reflect deductions for Trust operating expenses or sales charges.

These returns are calculated using the highest individual Federal marginal income and capital gains tax rates in effect at the time of each distribution and redemption, but do not reflect state and local taxes.  Actual after-tax returns will depend on your specific situation and may differ from those shown.  The total returns reflect reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  After-tax returns are shown only for Class Y Shares.  After-tax returns for other classes of shares will vary.


6

 
 

 

 
Management
 
 
 
Investment Adviser - Aquila Investment Management LLC (the “Manager”)

Sub-Adviser - Davidson Fixed Income Management, Inc., doing business as Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management

Portfolio Manager -- Mr. Chris Johns has been the Trust’s portfolio manager since 2011. Mr. Johns has also been the portfolio manager of Tax-Free Fund of Colorado, which has investment objectives similar to those of the Trust, since that fund’s inception in 1987. Mr. Johns is a Senior Vice President of the Sub-Adviser and has been an officer of it and its predecessor companies since 1992.

Purchase and Sale of Trust Shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the Trust on any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business. You may purchase, redeem or exchange Class A Shares or Class C Shares either through a financial advisor or directly from the Trust and Class I Shares and Class Y Shares through a financial intermediary. The minimum initial purchase into the Trust is $1,000, and $50 if an automatic investment program is established. There is no minimum for subsequent investments.

Tax Information

The Trust intends to distribute income that is exempt from regular Federal income tax and Oregon state personal income tax. Portions of the Trust's distributions may be subject to such taxes and/or to the Federal alternative minimum tax.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the Trust through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Trust and its Distributor or Manager may pay the intermediary for the sale of Trust shares and related shareholder servicing activities. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary to recommend the Trust over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.


Investment of the Trust’s Assets

“Is the Trust right for me?”

The shares of the Trust are designed to be a suitable investment for individuals, corporations, institutions and fiduciaries who seek income exempt from regular Federal income tax and Oregon state personal income tax.  An investment in shares of the Trust may not be suitable for you if you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-deferred account.

Oregon Obligations

         The Trust invests primarily in Oregon Obligations, which are a type of municipal obligation. Oregon Obligations are obligations of the State of Oregon and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities and of certain other governmental issuers, such as Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, of any maturity, the interest on which is exempt, in the opinion of bond counsel or other appropriate counsel, from regular Federal income tax and State of Oregon personal income tax. The Trust purchases obligations of non-Oregon issuers only when obligations of Oregon issuers with the appropriate characteristics of quality, maturity and coupon rate are unavailable.

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Trust’s net assets will be invested in Oregon Obligations the income paid upon which will not be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax on individuals.

The Trust may use derivatives, including futures contracts and options on futures contracts, for a variety of purposes, including to “hedge” or protect


7

 
 

 


its portfolio from adverse movements in securities prices and interest rates.

Municipal Obligations

Municipal obligations are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities to obtain funds for public purposes.  They include:

*           municipal notes and bonds,
*           full faith and credit obligations,
*           tax, revenue or bond anticipation notes,
*           construction loan notes,
*           project notes, which sometimes carry a U.S. government guarantee,
*           municipal lease/purchase agreements,
*           participation interest in a municipal or other security, and
*           floating and variable rate demand notes.

There are two principal classifications of municipal bonds:  general obligation bonds and revenue bonds.  General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing entity. Revenue bonds are typically used to fund public works projects that are expected to produce income sufficient to make the payments on the bonds, since they are not backed by the full taxing power of the municipality. The various public purposes for which municipal obligations are issued include:

*           obtaining funds for general operating expenses,
*           refunding outstanding obligations,
*           obtaining funds for loans to other public institutions and facilities, and
*           funding capital construction, such as the construction of highways, bridges, schools, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, streets and water and wastewater systems.

Tax and revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in order to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are expected to be repaid from taxes or designated revenues in the related period, and they may or may not be general obligations of the issuing entity. Bond anticipation notes are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of the proceeds of renewal notes or bonds and may be issued to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.  Municipal lease obligations are undivided interests issued by a state or municipality in a lease or installment purchase contract which generally relates to equipment or facilities. In some cases payments under municipal leases do not have to be made unless money is specifically approved for that purpose by an appropriate legislative body.

Although municipal obligations are issued by qualifying issuers, payments of principal and interest on municipal securities may be derived solely from revenues from certain facilities, mortgages or private industries, and may not be backed by the issuers themselves. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.  In a participation interest, a bank or other financial institution sells undivided interests in a municipal or other security it owns. Participation interests may be supported by a bank letter of credit or guarantee.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable rate demand instruments require the issuer or a third party, such as a bank, insurer or broker/dealer, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand and typically have interest rates that reset on a periodic basis. Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset

8

 
 

 


  provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, the value of these securities may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline.

Credit Downgrades and Other Credit Events

Credit rating or credit quality of a security is determined at the time of purchase. If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the duration of a security is extended, the Trust’s portfolio managers will decide whether the security should continue to be held or sold and provide a quarterly report on the ongoing status of such holdings to the Board of Trustees for their review and consideration. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults on a security held by the Trust, or if an obligor of such a security has difficulty meeting its obligations, the Trust may obtain or exchange a new or restructured security or underlying assets. In that case, the Trust may become the holder of securities or other assets that it could not purchase or might not otherwise hold (for example, because they are of lower quality or are subordinated to other obligations of the issuer) at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss. In addition, the Trust may incur expenses to protect the Trust’s interest in securities experiencing these events.

Defensive Investing

The Trust may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions and hold cash uninvested without regard to any percentage limitations.  Although the Manager has the ability to take defensive positions, it may choose not to do so for a variety of reasons, even during volatile market conditions.

9

 
 

 


[picture]
Clackamas County School Districts

[picture]
State of Oregon

 [Logo]
TAX-FREE TRUST OF OREGON

[picture]
City of Portland

[picture]
City of Salem Utilities

[picture]
Oregon Health and Science University

[picture]
Eugene Water & Electric Board

The Trust invests in municipal securities, primarily the kinds of obligations issued by various communities and political subdivisions within Oregon. Most of these securities are used in general to finance construction of long-term municipal projects; examples are pictured above. The municipal obligations that financed these particular projects were included in the Trust’s portfolio as of December 14, 2011 and together represented approximately 46% of the Trust’s portfolio. Since the portfolio is subject to change, the Trust may not necessarily own these specific securities at the time of the delivery of this Prospectus.
 
10

 
 

 

“What are the main risks of investing in the Trust?”

Market and Interest Rate Risk. The market prices of fixed income and other securities owned by the Trust may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. If the market prices of securities owned by the Trust fall, the value of your investment in the Trust may decline. The value of a security may fall due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility in recent years. The financial crisis caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. Certain environments could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the Sub-Adviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse. In response to the crisis, the U.S. and other governments and the Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities. In addition, legislation recently enacted in the U.S. calls for changes in many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of the legislation on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer. Additionally, since many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, such as those relating to education, health care, housing, utilities, and water and sewer, conditions in these industries can affect the overall municipal market.

When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities generally falls. A change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed income securities. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction. When interest rates go down, the income received by the Trust, and the Trust’s yield, may decline; however the value of fixed income securities generally rise.  If interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. This may drive the prices of these securities down because their interest rates are lower than the current interest rate and they remain outstanding longer.

Certain fixed income securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities tend to reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities may reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security.  However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that may produce a leveraging effect.  The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change. In turn, the income or return generated by the Trust may decline due to a decrease in market interest rates.

Credit Risk. If an obligor (such as the municipal issuer, a municipal insurer or other party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the Trust fails to pay, otherwise defaults, is perceived to be less creditworthy, becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy or a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the Trust could decline. If the Trust enters into financial contracts (such as when-issued and delayed delivery transactions), the Trust will be subject to the credit risk presented by the counterparty. In particular, the number of

11

 
 

 


municipal insurers is relatively small, and, as a result, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal insurer may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, the Trust may incur expenses to protect the Trust’s interest in securities experiencing these events. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the Trust invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality.

Rating Agency Risk. Investment grade debt securities may be downgraded by a major rating agency to below investment grade status, which would increase the risk of holding these securities. In addition, a rating may become stale in that it fails to reflect changes to an issuer’s financial condition. Ratings represent the rating agency’s opinion regarding the quality of the security and are not a guarantee of quality. Rating agencies may fail to make timely credit ratings in response to subsequent events. In addition, ratings agencies are subject to an inherent conflict of interest because they are often compensated by the same issuers whose securities they grade.

Risks Associated with Investments in Oregon and Other Municipal Obligations.  The Trust may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting Oregon and other municipal issuers.

Provisions of Oregon’s Constitution and state statutes that limit the taxing and spending authority of certain Oregon governmental entities may impair the ability of Oregon issuers to pay principal and/or interest on their obligations.

Oregon’s economy is slowly recovering from financial difficulties stemming from the recession that began in December 2007. The Oregon housing market continues to be an obstacle to recovery, and while recent news has been mostly positive, improvement has been merely incremental. In addition, the collapse of the national housing market has affected associated Oregon industries, with job losses in wood products and construction. Employment gains have not been strong enough to decrease the unemployment rate quickly and initial unemployment claims remain at high levels consistent with a weak labor market. State budget cuts have resulted in public sector layoffs, which weigh heavily on job losses. Because government employees comprise a larger share of total employment in Oregon than the national average, the economic impact from state and local government layoffs or furloughs weighs more heavily in Oregon than other states.

Oregon’s debt levels are high in relation to its economic base. According to Moody’s 2011 State Debt Medians, Oregon’s debt burden ranked 11th in the nation on both a debt per capita basis and on a personal income basis. The state is highly vulnerable to budgetary strain due to its high reliance on economically sensitive income taxes, which account for nearly 84% of General Fund revenues. The State has mixed demographic trends with above average population and in migration growth, but below average wealth levels. Property taxes are a significant source of revenue for many local governments, and declines in property values caused by the collapse of the housing market may negatively impact these tax revenues. The State and its various subdivisions may also face increasing financial pressure from costs relating to pensions and other post-employment benefits. Oregon’s unfunded pension liability is valued at $1.7 billion. The state issued a $2 billion pension obligation bond in 2004 in order to raise funding levels above 100%; however, due to the mark-to-market losses incurred in 2008 and 2009, the current funding level is estimated at 88%.

There can be no assurance that Oregon’s fiscal situation will not become more difficult as a result of these issues, or that other impacts of the current economic recession will not further materially adversely affect the financial condition of the state. The potential deterioration of Oregon’s fiscal situation increases the risk of investing in Oregon municipal securities, including the risk of potential issuer default, and also heightens the risk that prices of Oregon municipal securities, and the

12

 
 

 


Trust’s net asset value and/or yield, will experience greater volatility.

The foregoing and other factors may result in losses to the Trust.  More detailed information about the economy of Oregon may be found in the SAI.

Decreases in personal income levels and property values and other unfavorable economic factors, such as a general economic recession, may adversely affect municipal securities since issuers of municipal securities tend to derive a significant portion of their revenue from taxes, particularly property and income taxes.  Municipal issuers may also be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities and by the phasing out of Federal programs providing financial support.  Where municipal securities are issued to finance particular projects, especially those relating to education, health care, transportation, and utilities, issuers often depend on revenues from those projects to make principal and interest payments.  Adverse financial and economic conditions and developments in those sectors may result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities and may also have an adverse affect on the broader municipal securities market.

There may be less public information available on municipal issuers or projects than other issuers, and valuing municipal securities may be more difficult.  In addition, the secondary market for municipal securities is less well developed and liquid than other markets, and dealers may be less willing to offer and sell municipal securities in times of market turbulence.  Changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers (or one or more insurers of municipal issuers), or one or more defaults by municipal issuers or insurers, can adversely affect liquidity and valuations in the overall market for municipal securities.  The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by regulatory and political developments affecting the ability of municipal issuers to pay interest or repay principal, actual or anticipated tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors.

Tax Risk. The Trust purchases municipal securities the interest on which, in the opinion of bond counsel or other appropriate counsel at the time the securities are issued, is exempt from regular Federal income tax and Oregon state personal income tax. There is no guarantee that this opinion is correct, and there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or state taxing authorities will agree with bond counsel’s opinion. If the IRS or a state authority determines that an issuer of a municipal security has not complied with applicable requirements, interest from the security could become subject to Federal income tax and/or Oregon state personal income tax, possibly retroactively to the date the security was issued, and the value of the security could decline significantly and a portion of the distributions to Trust shareholders could be recharacterized as taxable. Future litigation or legislation or adverse interpretations by regulatory authorities could also adversely affect the tax status of municipal securities held by the Trust.

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Although most of the Trust’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the Trust, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When the Trust holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the Trust is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the Trust may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain investments, the Trust, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.
 
Prepayment or Call Risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the Trust holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income

13
 
 
 

 


securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the Trust could also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which could be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the Trust purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the Trust may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Portfolio Selection Risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers' judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates, is incorrect.

Derivatives Risk. Derivatives involve special risks and costs and may result in losses to the Trust. Using derivatives can increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or currencies, or the derivative instruments themselves, behave in a way not anticipated by the Trust, especially in abnormal market conditions. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect (which may increase investment losses) and increase Trust volatility. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives also tend to involve greater liquidity risk and they may be difficult to value. The Trust may be unable to terminate or sell its derivative positions. In fact, many over-the-counter derivative instruments will not have liquidity beyond the counterparty to the instrument. The Trust’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. Recent legislation calls for new regulation of the derivatives markets. The extent and impact of the regulation are not yet fully known and may not be for some time. New regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.  Risks associated with the use of derivatives are magnified to the extent that a large portion of the Trust’s assets are committed to derivatives in general or are invested in just one or a few types of derivatives.

Leveraging Risk. When the Trust engages in derivative or other transactions that have a leveraging effect on the Trust’s portfolio,  the value of the Trust will be more volatile and all other risks will tend to be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Trust’s underlying assets or creates investment risk with respect to a larger pool of assets than the Trust would otherwise have. Engaging in such transactions may cause the Trust to liquidate positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or meet segregation requirements.

Valuation Risk. Many factors may influence the price at which the Trust could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the Trust’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market conditions make it difficult to value some investments, the Trust may value these investments using more subjective methods, such as fair value methodologies. Investors who purchase or redeem Trust shares on days when the Trust is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or greater or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the Trust had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology.

Risk of Increase in Expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the Trust may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual Trust Operating Expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation were to be in place and were to be changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and Trust expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

14
 
 
 

 

 
Defensive Investing Risk. If the Trust holds cash uninvested, it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash.  In addition, the Trust will not earn income on the cash and the Trust’s yield will go down.  If a significant amount of the Trust’s assets are used for defensive investing purposes, it will be more difficult for the Trust to achieve its investment objective.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the Trust from achieving its investment objective.  More information about risks appears in the SAI.  Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks you will assume.

Portfolio Holdings

A description of the Trust’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio securities is available in the SAI and on the Trust’s website.



Trust Management

“How is the Trust managed?”

Aquila Investment Management LLC, 380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300, New York, NY 10017, the Manager, is the Trust’s investment adviser under an Advisory and Administration Agreement. Its investment advisory duties, including portfolio management, have been delegated to the Sub-Adviser, Davidson Fixed Income Management, Inc., doing business as Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management (the “Sub-Adviser”), under a sub-advisory agreement described below. The Manager is also responsible for administrative services, including providing for the maintenance of the headquarters of the Trust, overseeing relationships between the Trust and the service providers to the Trust, either keeping the accounting records of the Trust, or, at its expense and responsibility, delegating such duties in whole or in part to a company satisfactory to the Trust, and providing other administrative services.

The Sub-Adviser provides the Trust with local advisory services.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser provides for investment supervision, including supervising continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its portfolio, determining what securities will be purchased or sold by the Trust, and arranging for the purchase and the sale of securities held in the portfolio of the Trust; and, at the Sub-Adviser’s expense, providing for pricing of the Trust’s portfolio daily.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the Trust accrued management fees to the Manager at the annual rate of 0.40 of 1% of its average annual net assets.

A discussion regarding the Trustees’ basis for approving the annual renewal of the Advisory and Administration Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement is available in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders for the period ended September 30, 2011.

Information about the Manager and the Sub-Adviser

The Trust’s Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aquila Management Corporation (“AMC”), founder of each fund in the Aquila Group of Funds.  As of December 31, 2011, the Aquila Group of Funds consisted of seven tax-free municipal bond funds, a high income corporate bond fund and an equity fund, with aggregate assets of approximately $3.2 billion, of which approximately $2.8 billion consisted of assets of the tax-free municipal bond funds.  AMC’s address is the same as that of the Manager. AMC, which was founded in 1984, is owned, directly, and through certain trusts, by members of the family of Mr. Lacy B. Herrmann.  No individual holds with the power to vote, directly or indirectly, more than 24.9% of the voting shares of AMC. Performance of the Advisory and Administration Agreement is guaranteed by AMC.

The Sub-Adviser is an independent registered investment adviser that does business in Oregon and Colorado as Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management.
 
15
 
 
 

 


The Sub-Adviser provides a wide range of fixed-income investment management services for organizations including non-profit entities, higher education institutions, state governments, school districts, and all levels of local government.  The Sub-Adviser and its predecessor companies have served as investment sub-adviser to Tax-Free Fund of Colorado since 1992. The Sub-Adviser has approximately $5.0 billion in assets under management. It has a local office at 2 Centerpointe Drive, Lake Oswego, OR 97035 and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Davidson Companies, based at 8 Third Street North, Great Falls, Montana.

Mr. Christopher Johns has been the Trust’s portfolio manager since 2011. Mr. Johns has also been the portfolio manager of Tax-Free Fund of Colorado (“TFFC”), which has investment objectives similar to those of the Trust, since that fund’s inception in 1987. Mr. Johns is a Senior Vice President of the Sub-Adviser and has been an officer of it and its predecessor companies since 1992. From 1984 through 1992, he was a portfolio manager at United Bank of Denver (now Wells Fargo, Denver), which acted as investment adviser to TFFC from its inception through 1992. He was formerly a portfolio manager of Toledo Trust Company. He holds the degree of BBA in Finance from the University of Cincinnati.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager’s ownership of securities of the Trust.


Net Asset Value per Share

The net asset value of the shares of each of the Trust’s classes of shares is determined as of 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open (a “business day”), by dividing the value of the Trust’s net assets (which means the value of the assets less liabilities) allocable to each class by the total number of shares of such class outstanding at that time. In general, the net asset value of the Trust’s shares is based on portfolio market value, except that Oregon Obligations maturing in 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost. Any securities or assets for which market quotations are not readily available or are determined to be unreliable are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under procedures subject to the general supervision and responsibility of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. The price at which a purchase or redemption of shares is effected is based on the net asset value next calculated after your purchase or redemption order is received in proper form. The New York Stock Exchange annually announces the days on which it will not be open. The most recent announcement indicates that it will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. However, the New York Stock Exchange may close on days not included in that announcement.


Purchases

“Are there alternative purchase plans?”

The Trust provides individuals with alternative ways to purchase shares through four separate classes of shares (Classes A, C, I and Y). Although the classes have different sales charge structures and ongoing expenses, they all represent interests in the same portfolio of Oregon Obligations. An investor should choose the class that best suits the investor’s circumstances and needs.

“In which states can I buy shares of the Trust?”

You can purchase shares of the Trust if you live in Oregon or in one of the other states listed below. You should not purchase shares of the Trust if you do not reside in one of the following states.

Also, if you do not reside in Oregon, dividends from the Trust may be subject to state income taxes of the state in which you do reside. Therefore,

16
 
 
 

 


you should consult your tax adviser before buying shares of the Trust.

On the date of this Prospectus, Class A Shares and Class C Shares are available in:

* Oregon * Arizona * California
* Colorado * Connecticut * Hawaii * Illinois
Kansas * Minnesota * Nevada
New Jersey * New Mexico * New York
Washington

On the date of this Prospectus, Class Y Shares and Class I Shares are available in:

* Oregon * California * Colorado * Connecticut
Hawaii * Illinois * Kansas * Minnesota
* Nevada * New York * Washington

In addition, Class Y Shares are available in:

Arizona and New Mexico

The Trust and the Distributor may reject any order for the purchase of shares.

“How much money do I need to invest?”

Class A and Class C Shares

Option I

 
*
Initially, $1,000, except that there is no minimum amount for purchase of shares through certain financial intermediaries as discussed below.

 
*
Subsequently, any amount (for investments in shares of the same class).

To qualify for purchases of Class A Shares with no minimum, (i) the shares must be purchased on behalf of a beneficial owner who has entered into a comprehensive fee or other advisory fee arrangement with the financial intermediary or an affiliate or associated person of the financial intermediary, and (ii) the financial intermediary must have entered into an agreement with the Distributor authorizing the sale of Trust shares.

Option II

 
*
$50 or more if an Automatic Investment Program is established.

 
*
Subsequently, any amount you specify of $50 or more.

 
*
You are not permitted to maintain both an Automatic  Investment Program and an Automatic Withdrawal Plan simultaneously.

Class I and Class Y Shares

Class I or Class Y Shares may be purchased only through a financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries can set their own requirements for initial and subsequent investments.
 
 
How do I purchase shares?”

You may purchase Class A or Class C Shares:

·  
through an investment broker or dealer, or a bank or other financial intermediary, that has a sales agreement with the Distributor, Aquila Distributors, Inc., in which case that institution will take action on your behalf, and you will not personally perform the steps indicated below; or
 
·  
directly through the Distributor, by mailing payment to the Trust’s Agent, BNY Mellon.

Except as provided in the SAI, under the caption “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares,” an investment must be drawn in United States dollars on a United States commercial bank, savings bank or credit union or a United States branch of a foreign commercial bank (each of which is a “Financial Institution”).

The price an investor will pay is net asset value plus a sales charge for Class A  Shares and net asset value for Class C, I and Y Shares. (See “What price will I pay for the Trust’s shares?”) A broker/dealer may charge a service or processing fee in connection with purchases; such a fee will be in addition to the price of the shares.

17
 
 
 

 

 
Opening a Class A or Class C Share Account
 
* Make out a check for the investment amount payable to Tax-Free Trust of Oregon.
 
* Complete a New Account Application, which is available with the Prospectus or upon request, indicating the features you wish to authorize.
 
* Send your check and completed New Account Application to your dealer or to the Trust’s Agent, BNY Mellon.

Adding to a Class A or Class C Share Account
 
By Wire
By Check
 
* Telephone the Agent (toll-free) at 800-437-1000 (individual shareholders) or 877-953-6932 (broker/dealers) to advise us that you would like to purchase shares of the Trust by wire transfer.  We will provide appropriate instructions at that time.
 
 
* Make out a check for the investment amount payable to Tax-Free Trust of Oregon.
 
* Fill out the pre-printed stub attached to the Trust’s confirmations or supply the name(s) of account owner(s), the account number, and the name of the Trust.
 
* Send your check and account information to your dealer or to the Trust’s Agent, BNY Mellon.
 
Unless you indicate otherwise, your investment will be made in Class A Shares.

Opening or Adding to a Class I or Class Y Share Account

An investor may open a Class I or Class Y Share account or make additional investments in Class I or Class Y Shares only through a financial intermediary.

“Can I transfer funds electronically?”

You can have funds transferred electronically into a Class A or Class C Share account, in amounts of $50 or more, from your Financial Institution if it is a member of the Automated Clearing House. You may make investments through two electronic transfer features, “Automatic Investment” and “Telephone Investment.”

* Automatic Investment: You can authorize a pre-determined amount to be regularly transferred from your account.

* Telephone Investment: You can make single investments of up to $50,000 by telephone instructions to the Agent.

Before you can transfer funds electronically, the Trust’s Agent must have your completed New Account Application authorizing these features. Or, if you initially decide not to choose these conveniences and then later wish to do so, you must complete a Ready Access Features Form which is available from the Distributor or Agent, or if your account is set up so that your broker or dealer makes these sorts of changes, ask your broker or dealer to make them. The Trust may modify or terminate these investment methods or charge a service fee, upon 30 days’ written notice to shareholders.
 
18

 
 

 

Systematic Payroll Investments

You can make systematic investments in either Class A Shares or Class C Shares each pay period if your employer has established a Systematic Payroll Investment Plan with the Trust. To participate in the payroll plan, you must make your own arrangements with your employer’s payroll department, which may include completing special forms. Additionally, the Trust requires that you complete the New Account Application. Once your New Account Application is received by the Trust and a new account is opened, under the payroll plan your employer will deduct a preauthorized amount from each payroll check. This amount will then be sent directly to the Trust for purchase of shares at the then current offering price, which includes any applicable sales charge. You will receive a confirmation from the Trust for each transaction. Should you wish to change the dollar amount or end future systematic payroll investments, you must notify your employer directly. Changes may take up to ten days.

Automatic investment, telephone investment and systematic payroll investments are not available for Class I Shares and Class Y Shares.


Redeeming An Investment

Redeeming Class A and Class C Shares

You may redeem some or all of your Class A or Class C Shares by a request to the Agent. Shares will be redeemed at the next net asset value determined after your request has been received in proper form.

There is no minimum period for investment in the Trust, except for shares recently purchased by check or by Automatic or Telephone Investment as discussed below.

If you own both Class A Shares and Class C Shares and do not specify which class you wish to redeem, we will redeem your Class A Shares.

Certain shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, or CDSC. These are:

 
*-Class C Shares held for less than 12 months (from the date of purchase); and

 
*-CDSC Class A Shares (as described below).

Upon redemption, enough additional shares will be redeemed to pay for any applicable CDSC.

A redemption may result in a tax liability for you.
 
19

 
 

 



“How can I redeem my investment in Class A or Class C Shares?”

By mail, send instructions to:
By telephone, call:
By FAX, send instructions to:
BNY Mellon
Attn:  Aquila Group of Funds
4400 Computer Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
800-437-1000 toll-free
508-599-1838

For liquidity and convenience, the Trust offers expedited redemption.

Expedited Redemption Methods

You may request expedited redemption in two ways:

1.  By Telephone. The Agent will take instructions from anyone by telephone to redeem shares and make payments:

a) to a Financial Institution account you have previously specified; or

b) by check in the amount of $50,000 or less, mailed to the name and address on the account from which you are redeeming, provided that neither the name nor the address has changed during the prior 30 days.  You may only redeem by check via telephone request once in any seven-day period.

Telephoning the Agent

Whenever you telephone the Agent, please be prepared to supply:

account name(s) and number

name of the caller

the social security number registered to the account

personal identification.

Note: Check the accuracy of your confirmation statements immediately upon receipt. The Trust, the Agent, and the Distributor are not responsible for losses resulting from unauthorized telephone transactions if the Agent follows reasonable procedures designed to verify a caller’s identity. The Agent may record calls.

2.  By FAX or Mail. You may request redemption payments to a predesignated Financial Institution account by a letter of instruction sent to the Agent, BNY Mellon, 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581 or by FAX at 508-599-1838. The letter, signed by the registered shareholder(s), must indicate:

 
account name(s)

 
account number

 
amount to be redeemed

 
any payment directions.

To have redemption proceeds sent directly to a Financial Institution account, you must complete the Expedited Redemption section of the New Account Application or a Ready Access Features Form. You will be required to provide (1) details about your Financial Institution account, (2) signature guarantees and (3) possible additional documentation.

The name(s) of the shareholder(s) on the Financial Institution account must be identical to the name(s) on the Trust’s records of your account.

You may change your designated Financial Institution account at any time by completing and returning a revised Ready Access Features Form.

20
 
 
 

 



Regular Redemption Method

You must use the Regular Redemption Method if you have not chosen Expedited Redemption. To redeem by this method, send a letter of instruction to the Trust’s Agent, which includes:

·  
account name(s);

·  
account number;

·  
dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed or a statement that all shares held in the account are to be redeemed;

·  
payment instructions (we normally mail redemption proceeds to your address as registered with the Trust); and

·  
signature(s) of the registered shareholder(s).

We may require additional documentation for certain types of shareholders, such as corporations, partnerships, trustees or executors, or if redemption is requested by someone other than the shareholder of record.

Signature Guarantees.  If sufficient documentation is on file, we do not require a signature guarantee for redemptions of shares up to $50,000, payable to the record holder, and sent to the address of record. In all other cases, signatures must be guaranteed.

Your signature may be guaranteed by any:

·  
member of a national securities exchange;

·  
U.S. bank or trust company;

·  
state-chartered savings bank;

·  
Federally chartered savings and loan association;

·  
foreign bank having a U.S. correspondent bank; or

·  
participant in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”), the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (“SEMP”) or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (“MSP”).

A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor.

Certificate Shares

The Trust no longer issues share certificates. If you hold share certificates issued previously and wish to redeem those shares you should:

Mail to the Trust’s Agent: (1) blank (unsigned) certificates for the shares to be redeemed, (2) redemption instructions as described above under “Regular Redemption Method” and (3) a stock assignment form.

To be in “proper form,” items (2) and (3) above must be signed by the registered shareholder(s) exactly as the account is registered. For a joint account, both shareholder signatures are necessary.

For your protection, mail certificates separately from signed redemption instructions. We recommend that certificates be sent by registered mail, return receipt requested.

If sufficient documentation is on file, we do not require a signature guarantee for redemptions of certificate shares up to $50,000, payable to the record holder, and sent to the address of record. In all other cases, signatures must be guaranteed. If a signature guarantee is required, you must follow the procedures described above under “Regular Redemption Method.”


“When will I receive the proceeds of my redemption of Class A or Class C Shares?”

Redemption proceeds are normally sent on the next business day following receipt of your redemption request in proper form. Except as described below, payments will normally be sent to your address of record within seven days.

21
 
 
 

 


 
Redemption
Method of Payment
Charges
 
Under $1,000.
Check.
None.
 
$1,000 or more.
Check, or wired or transferred through the Automated Clearing House to your Financial Institution account, if you so requested on your New Account Application or Ready Access Features Form.
 
None.
Through a broker/dealer.
Check or wire, to your broker/dealer.
None.  However, your broker/dealer may charge a fee.

Although the Trust does not currently intend to, it can charge up to $5.00 per wire redemption, after written notice to shareholders who have elected this redemption procedure. Upon 30 days’ written notice to shareholders the Trust may modify or terminate the use of the Automated Clearing House to make redemption payments at any time or charge a service fee, although no such fee is presently contemplated. If any such changes are made, the Prospectus will be supplemented to reflect them.

The Trust can redeem your shares if their value totals less than $500 as a result of redemptions or failure to meet and maintain the minimum investment level under an Automatic Investment program. Before such a redemption is made, we will send you a notice giving you 60 days to make additional investments to bring your account up to the minimum.

“Are there any reinvestment privileges?”

If you reinvest proceeds of redemption within 120 days of the redemption you will not have to pay any additional sales charge on the reinvestment and the Distributor will refund to you any CDSC deducted at the time of redemption by adding it to the amount of your reinvestment.  You must reinvest in the same fund and class as the shares redeemed. You may exercise this privilege only once a year, unless otherwise approved by the Distributor.

“Is there an Automatic Withdrawal Plan?”

You may establish an Automatic Withdrawal Plan if you own or purchase Class A Shares of the Trust having a net asset value of at least $5,000.  The Automatic Withdrawal Plan allows you to receive a monthly or quarterly check in a stated amount, not less than $50.  The Automatic Withdrawal Plan is not available for Class C, I or Y Shares.

Redeeming Class I and Class Y Shares

You may redeem all or any part of your Class I or Class Y Shares at the net asset value next determined after receipt in proper form of your redemption request by your financial intermediary. Redemption requests for Class I and Class Y Shares must be made through a financial intermediary and cannot be made directly through the Trust’s Agent.  Financial intermediaries may charge a fee for effecting redemptions. A redemption may result in a transaction taxable to the redeeming investor.

General

The Trust may delay payment for redemption of shares recently purchased by check (including certified, cashier’s or official bank check), Automatic Investment or Telephone Investment for up to 10 business days after purchase; however, payment for redemption will not be delayed after (i) the check or transfer of funds has been honored, or (ii) the Agent receives satisfactory assurance that the check or transfer of funds will be honored. Possible delays

22
 
 
 

 


can be eliminated by paying for purchased shares with wired funds or Federal Reserve drafts.

The Trust has the right to postpone payment or suspend redemption rights during certain periods. These periods may occur (i) when the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than weekends and holidays, (ii) when the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) restricts trading on the New York Stock Exchange, (iii) when the SEC determines that an emergency exists which causes disposal of, or determination of the value of, portfolio securities to be unreasonable or impracticable, and (iv) during such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by distribution of the Trust’s portfolio securities (“redemption in kind”) in conformity with SEC rules. This method will only be used if the Board of Trustees determines that payments partially or wholly in cash would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders.

Alternative Purchase Plans

“How do the different arrangements for the four classes of shares affect the cost of buying, holding and redeeming shares, and what else should I know about the four classes?”

In this Prospectus the Trust provides you with four ways to invest in the Trust through four separate classes of shares. All classes represent interests in the same portfolio of Oregon Obligations. The classes of shares differ in their sales charge structures and ongoing expenses, as described below. An investor should choose the class that best suits the investor’s circumstances and needs.
 
 
Class A Shares
“Front-Payment Class”
 
 
Class C Shares
“Level-Payment Class”
Initial Sales Charge
Class A Shares are offered at net asset value plus a
maximum sales charge of 4%, paid at the time of purchase.  Thus, your investment is reduced by the applicable sales charge.
 
None.  Class C Shares are offered at net asset value with no sales charge payable at the time of purchase.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (“CDSC”)
None (except for certain purchases of $1 million or more).
A CDSC of 1% is imposed upon the redemption of Class C Shares held for less than 12 months. No CDSC applies to Class C Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions.
 
Distribution and Service Fees
A distribution fee of 0.15 of 1% is imposed on the average annual net assets represented by the Class A Shares.
There is a level charge for distribution and service fees for six years after the date of purchase at the aggregate annual rate of 1% of the average net assets represented by the Class C Shares.
 
Other Information
The initial sales charge is waived or reduced in some cases.  Larger purchases qualify for lower sales charges.
Class C Shares, together with a pro-rata portion of all Class C Shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and other distributions paid in additional Class C Shares, automatically convert to Class A Shares after six years.


23

 
 

 


 
Class Y Shares
“Institutional Class”
Class I Shares
“Financial Intermediary Class”
 
Initial Sales Charge
None. Financial intermediaries may charge a fee
for purchase of  shares.
 
None. Financial intermediaries may charge a fee for purchase of shares.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
 
None.
None.
Distribution and Service Fees
None.
A distribution fee of up to 0.25 of 1% of average annual net assets allocable to Class I Shares is permitted under the Distribution Plan.  A distribution fee of up to 0.15 of 1% of such net assets is currently authorized by the Trustees of the Trust.  In addition, a service fee of up to 0.25 of 1% of such assets is imposed on the average annual net assets allocable to Class I Shares.


“What price will I pay for the Trust’s shares?”

Class A Shares Offering Price
Class C, I and Y Shares Offering Price
 
Net asset value per share plus the applicable sales charge.
 
Net asset value per share.
An investor will receive that day’s offering price on purchase orders, including Telephone Investments and investments by mail, received in proper form prior to 4:00 p.m. New York time by the Agent or, where applicable, by the financial intermediary. Otherwise, orders will be filled at the next determined offering price. Financial intermediaries are required to submit orders promptly, provided, however, that if a financial intermediary imposes an earlier cutoff time than 4:00 p.m. for the receipt of orders, the intermediary will submit orders received after its earlier cutoff time after 4:00 p.m.  Those orders will receive the next determined offering price. Purchase orders received on a non-business day, including those for Automatic Investment, will be executed on the next succeeding business day. The sale of shares will be suspended (1) during any period when net asset value determination is suspended or (2) when the Distributor judges it is in the Trust’s best interest to do so.

“What are the sales charges for purchases of Class A Shares?”

The following table shows the amount of sales charge incurred for each new purchase by a “single purchaser” of Class A Shares. A “single purchaser” is:

 
* an individual;

 
* an individual, together with his or her spouse, and/or any children under 21 years of age purchasing shares for their accounts;

24
 
 

 



 
* a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing shares for a single trust estate or fiduciary account; or

 
* a government, municipality or tax-exempt entity that meets the requirements for qualification under Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code.

You are entitled to substantial reductions in sales charges based on aggregate holdings of all shares of any class of any of the funds in the Aquila Group of Funds that you or other members of your immediate family already own at the time of your purchase. Be sure you tell your broker or dealer about all of those holdings so that any applicable reduction in sales charges on your purchase can be correctly computed. You will need to produce proof of such ownership in the form of account statements relating to any account at any financial intermediary that you or any member of your immediate family own that holds any such shares.

A “single purchaser” will pay a sales charge based on the value at the time of purchase of his or her aggregate holdings of shares of any class of any of the funds in the Aquila Group of Funds in accordance with the following table:

I
Amount of Purchase Plus Value of All Other
Shares Held by a Single Purchaser
II
Sales Charge as Percentage of Public Offering Price
 
III
Sales Charge as Approximate Percentage of Amount Invested
Less than $25,000
$25,000 but less than $50,000
$50,000 but less than $100,000
$100,000 but less than $250,000
$250,000 but less than $500,000
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000
 
 
4.00%
3.75%
3.50%
3.25%
3.00%
2.50%
4.17%
3.90%
3.63%
3.36%
3.09%
2.56%
For purchases of $1 million or more see “Sales Charges for Purchases of $1 Million or More.”

For example:

If you invest $10,000 (Column I), your sales charge would be 4.00% or $400 (Column II).
 
($10,000 x .04 = $400)
The value of your account would be equivalent to the amount of your investment less the sales charge. (The initial value of your account would be $10,000 - $400 = $9,600.)
 
($10,000 - $400 = $9,600)
The sales charge as a percentage of the reduced value of your account would be 4.17% (Column III).
 
($400 / $9,600 = 0.0416666 or 4.17%)

25

 
 

 


Sales Charges for Purchases of $1 Million or More

You will not pay a sales charge at the time of purchase when you purchase “CDSC Class A Shares.” CDSC Class A Shares are:

(i)  Class A Shares issued in a single purchase of $1 million or more by a single purchaser; and

(ii) Class A Shares issued when the value of the purchase, together with the value of shares of the Trust or any other fund in the Aquila Group of Funds that are owned by the purchaser, is $1 million or more.

Redemption of CDSC Class A Shares

If you redeem all or part of your CDSC Class A Shares during the four years after you purchase them, you may have to pay a special CDSC upon redemption of the same age-dated share lot(s). The amount of the CDSC is calculated based on the lesser of the net asset value of an age-dated share lot at the time of purchase or at the time of redemption, according to the following table:

 
CDSC You Will Pay on Redemption of Each Age-Dated Share Lot
 
Value of Share Lot(s)
 
During First Two Years After Purchase
 
During Third and Fourth Years After Purchase
$1 million and up to $2.5 million
 
1%
 
0.50%
 
Over $2.5 million and up to $5 million
 
0.50% in year 1
0.25% in year 2
 
None
 
Over $5 million
 
None
 
None
 

A series of investments may increase the total value of an account so that subsequent purchases of age-dated share lots qualify for a shorter holding period and a lower CDSC, as described in the table above, without altering the holding period or CDSC for earlier age-dated share lots acquired at a lower total account value.

However, it is not the Trust’s intention ever to charge the shareholder (impose a CDSC) more than the commission amount that was paid to the broker/dealer in connection with the purchase transaction.

This special charge also applies to CDSC Class A Shares purchased without a sales charge pursuant to a Letter of Intent.

The CDSC will be waived for:

 
* - Redemption following the death of the shareholder or beneficial owner.

 
* - Redemption by the Trust when an account falls below the minimum required account size.

 
* - Redemption by an investor who purchased $1 million or more without an initial sales charge if the securities dealer of record waived its commission in connection with the purchase, with notice to the investor and the Trust at the time of purchase.

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Purchases of Class A Shares

Right of Accumulation

“Single purchasers” may qualify for a reduced sales charge in accordance with the above schedule when making subsequent purchases of Class A Shares.

Letters of Intent

A “single purchaser” may also qualify for reduced sales charges, in accordance with the

26

 
 

 


above schedule, after a written Letter of Intent (included in the New Account Application) is received by the Distributor.

Other

Class A Shares may be purchased without a sales charge by current and former Trustees and officers of any funds in the Aquila Group of Funds, the directors, officers and certain employees, former employees and representatives of the Manager, the Distributor, the adviser or sub-adviser of any fund in the Aquila Group of Funds and the parents and/or affiliates of such companies, selected broker dealers, their officers and employees and other investment professionals, certain persons connected with firms providing legal, advertising or public relations assistance, certain family members of, and plans for the benefit of, the foregoing and  plans for the benefit of trust or similar clients of banking institutions over which these institutions have full investment authority, if the Distributor has an agreement relating to such purchases.  Class A Shares may also be issued without a sales charge in a merger, acquisition or exchange offer made pursuant to a plan of reorganization to which the Trust is a party.  The Trust also permits the sale of its Class A Shares at prices that reflect the reduction or elimination of the sales charge to investors who are members of certain qualified groups.  In addition, acquisitions of shares by reinvestment of dividends or in exchanges (with certain exceptions) do not incur a sales charge.  Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about sales charge waivers and reductions.

The foregoing information about breakpoints in, or elimination of, sales charges is also available free of charge in a clear and prominent format on our website at www.aquilafunds.com. Hyperlinks at our website will facilitate your access to the information.

Large Purchase Orders for Class C Shares

The Trust will not accept purchase orders for Class C Shares on behalf of an individual investor (not including dealer “street name” or omnibus accounts) in an amount of $500,000 or more or if the purchase order would bring the value of the account over $500,000. This is because it will generally be more advantageous for such a purchase by an individual to be invested in the Trust’s Class A Shares instead.

Redemption of Class C Shares

The CDSC will be waived for redemption following the death of the shareholder or beneficial owner and for redemption by the Trust when an account falls below the minimum required size.

Broker/Dealer Compensation - Class C Shares

The Distributor may pay 1% of the sale price to any broker/dealer executing a Class C Share purchase.

General

Certain financial intermediaries may charge additional fees in connection with transactions in Trust shares. The Manager or the Distributor may make payments or provide non-cash compensation out of their own resources to securities dealers and other financial intermediaries for providing services intended to result in the sale of Trust shares or for shareholder servicing activities.  The compensation is discretionary and may be available only to selected selling and servicing agents.  See “Additional Information” below and the SAI for discussions of marketing support payments.

Exchange Privilege

Generally, you can exchange shares of any class of this Trust into shares of the same class of other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds without the payment of a sales charge or any other fee. The exchange privilege is available to Class I or Class


27

 
 

 


Y Shares to the extent that other Aquila Funds are made available to its customers by an investor’s financial intermediary. All exchanges of Class I and Class Y Shares must be made through the investor’s financial intermediary.  Call 800-437-1020 for more information on the exchange privilege. Because excessive trading in Trust shares can be harmful to the Trust and its other shareholders, the right is reserved to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, to limit the number of exchanges or to reject any exchange if (i) the Trust or any of the other Aquila Funds believe that it or they would be harmed or be unable to invest effectively or (ii) it or they receive or anticipate receiving simultaneous orders that may significantly affect the Trust or any other Aquila Fund.

Frequent Trading

As stated above, the Trust and the Distributor may reject any order for the purchase of shares. For example, because frequent movement of assets into and out of the Trust by market timers or other investors may disrupt the management of the Trust and increase its expenses, the Board of Trustees of the Trust has determined that the Trust may reject purchase orders, on a temporary or permanent basis, from investors that the Trust is able to determine are exhibiting a pattern of frequent or short-term trading in Trust shares. The Trust may not be able to detect frequent trading by the underlying owners of shares held in omnibus accounts and therefore may not be able effectively to prevent frequent trading in those accounts. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that the Trust will be successful in identifying all investors who engage in excessive trading activity or in curtailing that activity. The Trust’s policy on frequent trading extends to purchases through exchanges. (See “Exchange Privilege” above.)

“What about confirmations?”

A statement will be mailed to you confirming each purchase or redemption of Class A or Class C Shares of the Trust placed directly with the Agent.  Your account at the Agent will be credited or debited in full and fractional shares (rounded to the nearest 1/1000th of a share).  Purchases or redemptions placed through financial intermediaries will be confirmed by either the Agent or the financial intermediary depending upon the financial intermediary’s arrangement with the Trust and the Distributor.

“Is there a Distribution Plan?”

The Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan (the “Plan”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940’s Rule 12b-1 in order to:

 
(i) permit the Trust to finance activities primarily intended to result in the sale of its shares;

 
(ii) permit the Manager or Sub-Adviser to make payment for distribution expenses out of its own funds; and

 
(iii) protect the Trust against any claim that some of the expenses which it pays or may pay might be considered to be sales-related and therefore come within the purview of the Rule.

Pursuant to the Plan, the Trust makes payments with respect to Class A, Class C and Class I Shares under agreements to certain broker/dealers and other qualified recipients.

For any fiscal year, these payments may not exceed 0.15 of 1%  for Class A Shares, 0.75 of 1% for Class C Shares, and 0.25 of 1% for Class I Shares of the average annual net assets represented by each such class. A distribution fee of up to 0.15 of 1% of the average annual net assets represented by Class I Shares is currently authorized by the Trustees of the Trust. Payments with respect to each class are made only out of the Trust’s assets allocable to that class. Because these distribution fees are paid out of assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment; they may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

28
 
 
 

 



Whenever the Trust makes Class A payments, the aggregate annual rate of the management fee otherwise payable by the Trust is reduced from 0.50 of 1% to 0.40 of 1% of the Trust’s average annual net assets.

Shareholder Services Plan for Class C Shares and Class I Shares

The Trust’s Shareholder Services Plan authorizes it to pay a service fee under agreements to certain qualified recipients who have agreed to provide personal services to Class C shareholders and/or maintain their accounts. The Plan also authorizes an identical arrangement with respect to Class I Shares. For any fiscal year, such fees may not exceed 0.25 of 1% of the average annual net assets represented by the applicable class of shares. Payment is made only out of the Trust’s assets represented by the shares of the applicable class.

Service fees with respect to Class C Shares will be paid to the Distributor.

Additional Information

The Distributor and/or its related companies may pay compensation (out of their own assets and not as an additional charge to the Trust, although such assets may include profits derived from services provided to the Trust) to certain broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries (“financial advisors”) in connection with the sale or retention of Trust shares or certain shareholder servicing and/or certain recordkeeping/sub-transfer agency services.  For example, the Distributor and/or its related companies may pay compensation to financial advisors for administrative, sub-accounting or shareholder transaction processing services above and beyond such costs which would normally be paid by the Trust, assistance in training and education and/or other forms of marketing support, including costs related to providing the Trust with “shelf space.”  Payments made to financial advisors may be based on a fixed dollar amount and/or one or more of the following factors:  gross sales, current assets, number of accounts attributable to or maintained by the financial advisor and/or reimbursement for marketing expenses of the financial advisor.  Some of these amounts may be significant to the Distributor, although they may be small compared to amounts a financial advisor may receive from other distributors.  Nonetheless, the prospect of receiving additional compensation may provide financial advisors with an incentive to favor sales of shares of the Trust over other investment options.  To obtain more information on how additional compensation may have influenced your advisor’s recommendation of the Trust ask your financial advisor.  For more information, please see the Trust’s SAI.

To the extent financial advisors sell more shares of the Trust or retain shares of the Trust in their clients’ accounts, the Distributor and/or its related companies, including the Manager, receives greater fees due to the increase in the Trust’s assets.  The intermediary may earn a profit on these payments if the amount of the payment to the intermediary exceeds the intermediary’s costs.

“Transfer on Death” Registration

If you own Class A or Class C Shares, the Trust generally permits “transfer on death” (“TOD”) registration of shares, so that on the death of the shareholder the shares are transferred to a designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. Ask the Agent or your broker/dealer for the Transfer on Death Registration Request Form. With it you will receive a copy of the TOD Rules of the Aquila Group of Funds, which specify how the registration becomes effective and operates. By opening a TOD Account, you agree to be bound by the TOD Rules.  An investor in Class I or Class Y should discuss the availability of TOD registration with the investor’s financial intermediary (broker/dealer, etc.).
 
29
 
 

 

 
Dividends and Distributions

“How are dividends and distributions determined?”

The Trust pays dividends and other distributions with respect to each class of shares. The Trust calculates its dividends and other distributions with respect to each class at the same time and in the same manner. Net income for dividend purposes includes all interest income accrued by the Trust since the previous dividend declaration less expenses paid or accrued. Net income also includes any original issue discount, which occurs if the Trust purchases an obligation for less than its face amount. The discount from the face amount is treated as additional income earned over the life of the obligation. Because the Trust’s income varies, so will the Trust’s dividends. There is no fixed dividend rate. It is expected that most of the Trust’s dividends will be comprised of interest income. The dividends and distributions of each class can vary due to certain class-specific charges. The Trust will declare all of its net income as dividends on every day, including weekends and holidays, on those shares outstanding for which payment was received by the close of business on the preceding business day.

Redeemed shares continue to earn dividends through and including the earlier of:

 
1. the day prior to the day when redemption proceeds are mailed, wired or transferred by the Automated Clearing House or the Agent or paid by the Agent to a financial intermediary; or

 
2. the third business day after the day the net asset value of the redeemed shares was determined.

The Trust’s present policy is to pay dividends so they will be received or credited by approximately the first day of each month.

“How are dividends and distributions paid?”

Class A and Class C Shares

Dividends and distributions, if any, on Class A or Class C Shares will automatically be reinvested in full and fractional shares of the Trust of the same class at net asset value as of the payment date for the dividend or distribution unless you elect otherwise.

You may choose to have all or any part of your dividends or distributions paid in cash. You can elect to have the cash portion of your dividends or distributions deposited, without charge, by electronic funds transfers into your account at a financial institution, if it is a member of the Automated Clearing House.

You can make any of these elections on the New Account Application, by a Ready Access Features Form or by a letter to the Agent. Your election to receive some or all of your dividends and distributions in cash will be effective as of the next payment of dividends after it has been received in proper form by the Agent. It will continue in effect until the Agent receives written notification of a change.

Whether your dividends and distributions are received in cash or reinvested, you will receive a monthly statement indicating the current status of your investment account with the Trust.

The Trust reserves the right to change the dividend and distribution payment option on your account to “reinvest” if mail sent to the address on your account is returned by the post office as “undeliverable” and you have elected to have your account dividends and/or distributions paid in cash. In such event, the Trust would then purchase additional shares of the Trust with any dividend or distribution payments that are “undeliverable.” In order to change the option back to “cash,” you

 
30
 
 
 

 


would need to send the Agent written instructions as described above.

Class I and Class Y Shares

All arrangements for the payment of dividends and distributions, if any, with respect to Class I and Class Y Shares, including reinvestment of dividends, must be made through financial intermediaries.


Tax Information

The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult with your tax adviser about your investment in the Trust.

You may receive three different types of distributions from the Trust: exempt-interest dividends, ordinary dividends and capital gain dividends. Any taxable distributions are taxed in the same manner whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares.

Most distributions will be exempt-interest dividends, which are exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may be subject to state or local income taxes. As further described below, exempt-interest dividends from Oregon Obligations will also generally be exempt from Oregon state personal income tax, subject to the discussion under the heading “Tax Risk.” Some exempt-interest dividends may be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax and all exempt-interest dividends may be subject to Oregon state income or excise taxes imposed on corporations. Exempt-interest dividends are taken into account in determining the taxable portion of any Social Security or Railroad Retirement benefit you or your spouse receives.

For other distributions, you will generally have to pay Federal income tax, as well as any state and local taxes. Distributions of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. The Trust does not expect any distributions to be treated as “qualified dividend income” or to qualify for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders.

During the last calendar year, the Trust’s distributions consisted of the following (no Class I Shares were outstanding):


Calendar Year 12/31/11

 
Exempt-Interest  Dividends
 
Capital Gains Distributions
Ordinary Income Dividends
Class A Shares
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
Class C Shares
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
Class Y Shares
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%

Net capital gains of the Trust, if any, realized through October 31st of each year and not previously paid out will be paid out after that date. The Trust may also pay supplemental distributions after the end of its fiscal year. You may want to avoid buying shares when the Trust is about to declare a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution, because it will be taxable to you even though it may represent a return of a portion of your investment.

Dividends declared in October, November or December and paid to you in January are treated for Federal income tax purposes as if received in December. You will receive information on the tax status of the Trust’s dividends and distributions annually.

If you sell shares of the Trust or exchange them for shares of another fund, it is generally considered a taxable event, and will give rise to a capital gain or loss if you hold your Trust shares as a capital asset. A capital gain or loss will be long-term if you


31

 
 

 


have held your shares for more than one year and otherwise will be short-term.

If you are neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States, certain dividends that you receive from the Trust may be subject to Federal withholding tax. Most distributions are expected to be exempt-interest dividends, which are not subject to such withholding. To the extent that distributions consist of ordinary dividends or other payments that are subject to withholding, the Trust will withhold Federal income tax at the rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with an applicable tax treaty). Ordinary dividends that are reported by the Trust as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such withholding for taxable years of the Trust beginning before January 1, 2012.

If you do not provide the Trust with your current taxpayer identification number and required certifications, you will be subject to backup withholding on your distributions and dividends, including exempt-interest dividends. The backup withholding rate is currently 28% and is scheduled to increase to 31% in 2013.

Oregon taxes

Distributions of interest income made by the Trust from Oregon Obligations will generally be treated for purposes of the Oregon personal income tax imposed on individuals in the same manner as they are treated for Federal income tax purposes. Individual shareholders of the Trust resident in Oregon generally will not be subject to Oregon personal income tax on a dividend, or portion thereof, designated by the Trust in a written notice mailed to the shareholder as a “state exempt-interest dividend” and attributable to interest income on Oregon Obligations. Distributions attributable to interest income on Oregon Obligations may generally be the ratio of distributions of interest income from Oregon Obligations to the total distributions on such shares for the fiscal year.  Other distributions from the Trust, including capital gain dividends, will generally not be exempt from Oregon personal income tax.

Distributions of interest income by the Trust attributable to Oregon Obligations, or of obligations of any other state or political subdivision of a state, are not exempt from the Oregon corporation excise tax or the Oregon corporation income tax, if applicable. Corporations and other entities subject to the Oregon corporation excise tax or Oregon corporation income tax should consult their tax advisers before investing in the Trust.

Shareholders of the Trust should consult their tax advisers about these and other state and local tax consequences of their investment in the Trust.

 
32

 
 

 

TAX-FREE TRUST OF OREGON
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Trust’s financial performance for the past five years of the Trust’s operations.  Certain information reflects financial results for a single Trust share.  The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Trust (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions).  This information has been audited by Tait, Weller & Baker LLP (independent registered public accounting firm), whose report, along with the Trust’s financial statements, is included in the annual report and is available upon request. No Class I Shares were outstanding during the periods shown.
   
Class A
 
   
   
Year Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Net asset value, beginning of period
 
$
11.18
   
$
11.05
   
$
10.11
   
$
10.68
   
$
10.84
 
Income (loss) from investment operations:
                                       
Net investment income
   
0.38
(1)
   
0.40
(1)
   
0.42
(1)
   
0.42
(1)
   
0.41
(2)
Net gain (loss) on securities (both
                                       
realized and unrealized)
   
(0.06
)
   
0.13
     
0.94
     
(0.58
)
   
(0.16
)
Total from investment operations
   
0.32
     
0.53
     
1.36
     
(0.16
)
   
0.25
 
Less distributions:
                                       
Dividends from net investment income
   
(0.38
)
   
(0.40
)
   
(0.42
)
   
(0.41
)
   
(0.41
)
Distributions from capital gains
   
     
     
     
     
(3)
 
Total distributions
   
(0.38
)
   
(0.40
)
   
(0.42
)
   
(0.41
)
   
(0.41
)
Net asset value, end of period
 
$
11.12
   
$
11.18
   
$
11.05
   
$
10.11
   
$
10.68
 
Total return (not reflecting sales charge)
   
3.05
%
   
4.95
%
   
13.74
%
   
(1.58
)%
   
2.37
%
Ratios/supplemental data
                                       
Net assets, end of period (in millions)
 
$
380
   
$
400
   
$
370
   
$
324
   
$
336
 
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
   
0.76
%
   
0.72
%
   
0.73
%
   
0.76
%
   
0.75
%
Ratio of net investment income to average
                                       
net assets
   
3.55
%
   
3.65
%
   
4.02
%
   
3.89
%
   
3.77
%
Portfolio turnover rate
   
15
%
   
9
%
   
15
%
   
15
%
   
22
%
   
The expense and net investment income ratios without the effect of the contractual waiver of management fees were:
 
   
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
   
0.76
%
   
     
     
     
 
Ratio of net investment income to average
                                       
net assets
   
3.55
%
   
     
     
     
 
   
The expense ratios after giving effect to the contractual waiver of management fees and expense offset for uninvested cash balances were:
 
   
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
   
0.76
%
   
0.72
%
   
0.73
%
   
0.74
%
   
0.74
%
___________________
(1) Per share amounts have been calculated using the daily average shares method.
(2) Per share amounts have been calculated using the monthly average shares method.
(3) Less than $0.01 per share.
  
Note: On January 1, 2011, Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management became the Trust’s Investment Sub-Adviser, replacing FAF Advisors, Inc.


33
 

 
 

 


TAX-FREE TRUST OF OREGON
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (continued)
 
   
 Class C
   
Class Y
 
   
Year Ended September 30,
   
Year Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Net asset value, beginning of period
 
$
11.17
   
$
11.04
   
$
10.10
   
$
10.68
   
$
10.84
   
$
11.18
   
$
11.04
   
$
10.10
   
$
10.68
   
$
10.84
 
Income (loss) from investment operations:
                                                                               
Net investment income
   
0.29
(1)
   
0.30
(1)
   
0.33
(1)
   
0.33
(1)
   
0.32
(2)
   
0.40
(1)
   
0.42
(1)
   
0.44
(1)
   
0.43
(1)
   
0.43
(2)
Net gain (loss) on securities (both
                                                                               
realized and unrealized)
   
(0.06
)
   
0.14
     
0.94
     
(0.59
)
   
(0.16
)
   
(0.07
)
   
0.14
     
0.93
     
(0.58
)
   
(0.16
)
Total from investment operations
   
0.23
     
0.44
     
1.27
     
(0.26
)
   
0.16
     
0.33
     
0.56
     
1.37
     
(0.15
)
   
0.27
 
Less distributions:
                                                                               
Dividends from net investment income
   
(0.29
)
   
(0.31
)
   
(0.33
)
   
(0.32
)
   
(0.32
)
   
(0.40
)
   
(0.42
)
   
(0.43
)
   
(0.43
)
   
(0.43
)
Distributions from capital gains
   
     
     
     
     
(3)
     
     
     
     
     
(3)
 
Total distributions
   
(0.29
)
   
(0.31
)
   
(0.33
)
   
(0.32
)
   
(0.32
)
   
(0.40
)
   
(0.42
)
   
(0.43
)
   
(0.43
)
   
(0.43
)
Net asset value, end of period
 
$
11.11
   
$
11.17
   
$
11.04
   
$
10.10
   
$
10.68
   
$
11.11
   
$
11.18
   
$
11.04
   
$
10.10
   
$
10.68
 
Total return
   
2.18
%(4)
   
4.07
%(4)
   
12.79
%(4)
   
(2.51
)%(4)
   
1.51
%(4)
   
3.11
%
   
5.21
%
   
13.92
%
   
(1.52
)%
   
2.52
%
Ratios/supplemental data
                                                                               
Net assets, end of period (in millions)
 
$
27
   
$
29
   
$
22
   
$
18
   
$
25
   
$
71
   
$
95
   
$
85
   
$
58
   
$
49
 
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
   
1.61
%
   
1.57
%
   
1.58
%
   
1.61
%
   
1.60
%
   
0.61
%
   
0.57
%
   
0.58
%
   
0.61
%
   
0.60
%
Ratio of net investment income to
                                                                               
average net assets
   
2.70
%
   
2.78
%
   
3.15
%
   
3.04
%
   
2.92
%
   
3.70
%
   
3.80
%
   
4.16
%
   
4.04
%
   
3.92
%
Portfolio turnover rate
   
15
%
   
9
%
   
15
%
   
15
%
   
22
%
   
15
%
   
9
%
   
15
%
   
15
%
   
22
%
                                   
The expense and net investment income ratios without the effect of the contractual waiver of management fees were:
                                 
                                   
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
   
1.61
%
   
     
     
     
     
0.61
%
   
     
     
     
 
Ratio of net investment income to
                                                                               
average net assets
   
2.70
%
   
     
     
     
     
3.70
%
   
     
     
     
 
                   
The expense ratios after giving effect to the contractual waiver of management fees and expense offset for uninvested cash balances were:
                 
                   
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
   
1.61
%
   
1.57
%
   
1.58
%
   
1.59
%
   
1.59
%
   
0.61
%
   
0.57
%
   
0.58
%
   
0.59
%
   
0.59
%
___________________
(1) Per share amounts have been calculated using the daily average shares method.
(2) Per share amounts have been calculated using the monthly average shares method.
(3) Less than $0.01 per share.
(4) Not reflecting CDSC.
Note: On January 1, 2011, Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management became the Trust’s Investment Sub-Adviser, replacing FAF Advisors, Inc.



34

 
 

 


Founders
Lacy B. Herrmann, Chairman Emeritus
Aquila Management Corporation

Manager
Aquila Investment Management LLC
380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300 * New York, New York 10017

Investment Sub-Adviser
Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management
2 Centerpointe Drive * Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035

Board of Trustees
James A. Gardner, Chair
Diana P. Herrmann, Vice Chair
Gary C. Cornia
Edmund P. Jensen
John W. Mitchell
Ralph R. Shaw
Nancy Wilgenbusch

Officers
Diana P. Herrmann, President
Charles E. Childs, III, Executive Vice President and Secretary
Marie E. Aro, Senior Vice President
Paul G. O’Brien, Senior Vice President
Christine L. Neimeth, Vice President
Robert S. Driessen, Chief Compliance Officer
Joseph P. DiMaggio, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Distributor
Aquila Distributors, Inc.
380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300 * New York, New York 10017

Transfer and Shareholder Servicing Agent
BNY Mellon
4400 Computer Drive
Westborough, Massachusetts 01581

Custodian
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
1111 Polaris Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43240

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Tait, Weller & Baker LLP
1818 Market Street, Suite 2400 * Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

Counsel
Bingham McCutchen LLP
One Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110





 
 

 



This Prospectus concisely states information about the Trust that you should know before investing. A Statement of Additional Information about the Trust (the “SAI”) has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SAI contains information about the Trust and its management not included in this Prospectus. The SAI, and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report and financial statements in the Trust’s most recent annual report to shareholders, are incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and are therefore legally a part of this Prospectus.

The Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders contain additional information about the Trust’s investments. The Trust’s annual report additionally includes a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Trust’s performance during its last fiscal year. You can get the SAI and the Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports without charge upon request by calling 800-437-1020 (toll-free) or by visiting the Trust’s website at wwww.aquilafunds.com.

In addition, you can review and copy information about the Trust (including the SAI) at the Public Reference Room of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room is available by calling 202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Trust are also available on the EDGAR Database at the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information can be obtained, for a duplicating fee, by E-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

The file number under which the Trust is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 is 811-4626.


TAX-FREE TRUST
OF OREGON

A tax-free
income investment

A Series of The Cascades Trust

Aquila Group of Funds

PROSPECTUS

To make shareholder account inquiries, call
the Trust’s Shareholder Servicing Agent at:
800-437-1000 toll-free
or you can write to

BNY Mellon
4400 Computer Drive
Westborough, Massachusetts  01581




   
Ticker Symbol
CUSIP #
       
 
Class A Shares
ORTFX
876932104
 
Class C Shares
ORTCX
876932203
 
Class I Shares
ORTIX
876932401
 
Class Y Shares
ORTYX
876932302
       
This Prospectus should be read and retained for future reference


 
 

 
 

Tax-Free Trust of Oregon
380 Madison Avenue Suite 2300
New York, NY 10017
800-437-1020
212-697-6666

 
Tickers:
Class A – ORTFX
Class C – ORTCX
   
Class  I – ORTIX
Class Y – ORTYX
 
Statement of Additional Information
January 30, 2012
 
 
This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) has been incorporated by reference into the Prospectus for the Trust dated January 30, 2012. The SAI is not a prospectus. The SAI should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.

The Prospectus may be obtained from the Trust’s Distributor, Aquila Distributors, Inc.
380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300, New York, NY 10017
800-437-1020 toll-free
or 212-697-6666




Financial Statements

The financial statements and financial highlights for the Trust for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, which are contained in the Annual Report for that fiscal year, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2011 (Accession No. 0000791049-11-000046), are hereby incorporated by reference into this SAI. Those financial statements have been audited by Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon is incorporated herein by reference. The Annual Report of the Trust can be obtained without charge by calling the toll-free number listed above. The Annual Report will be delivered with the SAI.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Trust History
2
Investment Strategies and Risks
2
Trust Policies
23
Management of the Trust
24
Ownership of Securities
33
Investment Advisory and Other Services
34
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
47
Capital Stock
48
Purchase, Redemption, and Pricing of Shares
50
Additional Tax Information
59
Underwriters
64
Appendix A
65




 
 

 

Tax-Free Trust of Oregon

Statement of Additional Information

Trust History

The Trust is a series of The Cascades Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Business Trust”), formed in 1985 under the name Tax-Free Trust of Oregon. On August 10, 1989, the name of the Business Trust was changed to The Cascades Trust. The Business Trust presently has only one active series, the original series, which continues to be called Tax-Free Trust of Oregon.

The Trust is an open-end, non-diversified management investment company.

Investment Strategies and Risks

Ratings

The ratings assigned by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, represent their respective opinions of the quality of the municipal bonds and notes which they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, obligations with the same maturity, stated interest rate and rating may have different yields, while obligations of the same maturity and stated interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield.

Rating agencies consider municipal obligations that have only the fourth highest credit rating to be of medium quality. Thus, they may present investment risks which do not exist with more highly rated obligations. Such obligations possess less attractive investment characteristics. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case for higher-grade bonds.

Credit rating or credit quality of a security is determined at the time of purchase. If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the duration of a security is extended, the Trust’s investment adviser will decide whether the security should continue to be held or sold.

See Appendix A to this SAI for further information about the ratings of these organizations that apply to the various rated Oregon Obligations which the Trust may purchase.

The table below gives information as to the percentage of Trust net assets invested as of September 30, 2011, in Oregon Obligations in the various rating categories:

 

Highest rating (1)
12.8%
Second highest rating (2)
66.0%
Third highest rating (3)
15.7%
Fourth highest rating (4)
3.6%
Not rated
1.9%
 
100.0%
(1) Aaa of Moody’s or AAA of S&P or Fitch.*
(2) Aa of Moody’s or AA of S&P or Fitch.
(3) A of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.
(4) Baa of Moody’s or BBB of S&P or Fitch.
 
* Also includes pre-refunded Oregon Obligations, which are bonds for which U.S. Government Obligations have been placed in escrow to retire such Obligations at their earliest call date.
 

2
 
 

 

Additional Information About the Oregon Economy

The following information is a summary of certain factors affecting the credit and financial condition of the State of Oregon (“Oregon” or the “State”). The sources of payment for Oregon municipal obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial or other difficulties experienced by the State and certain of its municipalities and public authorities. This summary does not purport to be a complete description and is derived solely from information contained in official statements relating to debt offerings by the State. Any estimates of future results and other projections are statements of opinion made by the State in, and as of the date of, such official statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. The Trust has not independently verified, and is not responsible for, the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information, and the funds do not undertake any obligation to update such information. Such information is included herein without the express authority of any Oregon issuer and is provided without regard to any events that have occurred since the date of the most recent statement.

ECONOMIC AND DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Historical Perspective

The Oregon economy has transitioned and diversified over the past three decades from a predominant concentration in timber harvesting and wood products’ manufacturing to high-tech manufacturing. As high-tech manufacturing grew in Oregon, the State also developed stronger ties to major export markets in the Pacific Rim. Population growth has exceeded the national rate, fueled by the in-migration of people attracted by the high-paying manufacturing jobs and relatively low cost of living.

Following the business investment-led recession of 2001, the State’s reliance on manufacturing activity resulted in three consecutive years of negative job growth. While employment levels then grew strongly during the ensuing economic recovery, the role of manufacturing and high-tech-related sectors was much smaller than in the prior expansion. Sectors of increasing importance were construction, retail trade, health services, and leisure and hospitality services. Exports continued to be a significant driver for the Oregon economy, nearly doubling since the trough of the 2001 recession. The strong recovery between 2004 and 2007, aided by the relatively affordable housing and overall quality of life, led to strong in-migration of both the young professional and retiree populations.
 
More recently, the collapse of the national housing market has affected associated Oregon industries, with job losses in wood products and construction. As the financial crisis led to a deeper recession for the U.S. economy, this in turn deepened the recession for Oregon. While Oregon’s housing market has been affected by the economic downturn, it is relatively better off than several other western states including California, Nevada and Arizona. Oregon’s economic condition heavily influences the State’s population growth. In 2009, Oregon’s population increased by 0.85 percent from 2008 levels, which was the first time in two decades that the increase was lower than the national average.
 
Employment
 
The total civilian labor force was 1,965,000 in 2010, a 0.1 percent increase from 2009 levels. In 2010, without adjusting for seasonal changes, the following employment sectors accounted for approximately 70 percent of the Oregon work force:  government, health care and social assistance, retail trade, professional and business services, and leisure and hospitality. The unemployment rate in Oregon was 10.6 percent in 2010, as compared with 9.6 percent nationwide. Oregon’s unemployment rate decreased by 0.4% from 2009 levels and increased by 4.1 percent from 2008 levels.
 
Oregon Gross Domestic Product
 
Oregon Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) represents the value of goods and services produced by the State.  Over the 2005 to 2010 five-year period, durable goods and manufacturing, real estate, rental and leasing, and government were the three largest segments of the Oregon economy that contributed to the Oregon GDP.

3

 
 

 


International Trade and Exports
 
International trade is an increasingly important component of the State’s economy. Canada was Oregon’s top export market from 2002 through mid-2008; between then and October 2011, however, exports to Canada had fallen dramatically. China is playing an increasing role in both the international community and Oregon’s local economy. As of October 27, 2011, the State reported that, since the third quarter of 2008, China had become the largest export market destination for Oregon’s products, accounting for nearly 23% of its exports.
 
The State’s geography and natural resources have been instrumental in the development of the State’s international trade activities. The State has twenty-three port districts all located on navigable waterways. The majority of the State’s international trade occurs through the Port of Portland. Other important ports are located at the coastal cities of Astoria, Newport and Coos Bay.
 
Population
 
In 2010, Oregon ranked as the 27th most populous state with a population of 3.87 million.  As of October 27, 2011, the State indicated that its population growth rate since the 2000 census has been the 14th fastest in the nation.
 
 
STATE FINANCIAL OPERATIONS
 
Budgetary Process
 
The Oregon constitution requires the State’s budget to balance at the end of each biennium. Article IX, Section 2 of the Oregon Constitution states that the Legislative Assembly shall provide for raising revenue sufficiently to defray the expenses of the State for each fiscal year. Article IX, Section 6 of the Oregon Constitution states that “whenever the expenses, of any fiscal year, shall exceed the income, the Legislative Assembly shall provide for levying a tax, for the ensuing fiscal year, sufficient, with other sources of income, to pay the deficiency, as well as the estimated expense [sic] of the ensuing fiscal year.” Because of these two provisions, Oregon may not budget a deficit and is required to alleviate any revenue shortfalls within each biennium.
 
Historically, during the regular legislative session at the start of every biennium, the Legislative Assembly adopts a budget covering all of the State’s operations for the next biennium. A biennium begins July 1 and ends June 30 of odd-numbered years. The budget is adopted through the enactment of separate budget bills for each State agency and for the Legislative and Judicial Branches (the “Budget Bills”). There are four different categories of funds included in the State’s budget: (i) General Funds, (ii) Lottery Funds, (iii) Other Funds (dedicated funds), and (iv) Federal Funds.
 
The budgeting process begins with the Governor’s submission of a recommended budget for State agencies in the December preceding the start of a new regular legislative session. Concurrently, each agency prepares and files Budget Bills during December so that when the Legislative Assembly convenes in January for its regular session, the Joint Ways and Means Committee can begin consideration of each bill. By statute, the budget may not permit certain governmental purpose expenditures to exceed eight percent of the State’s personal income. This limitation may be exceeded only if the Governor declares an emergency and if three-fifths of each house of the Legislative Assembly votes to exceed the limit.
 
The Legislative Assembly may provide spending authority to a State agency through a continuous appropriation of a fund dedicated for a certain purpose. In that case, spending is limited only by the amount of revenues received in or held by the fund. The Legislative Assembly may also limit the amount of money spent by placing an expenditure limitation on a continuously appropriated and dedicated fund. In addition, the Legislative Assembly enacts one-time appropriations of moneys to specific agencies or programs from moneys expected to be received or held by the State’s General Fund and from lottery revenues. After the Budget Bills are passed, the

4

 
 

 

Governor may veto an entire bill, single items in appropriation bills or the emergency clause in a bill. A two-thirds vote of the Legislative Assembly may override the Governor’s veto.
 
If budget adjustments are required after a legislative session has ended, the Legislative Assembly may meet again in a specially called session, or the Legislative Emergency Board (the “Board”) may adjust agency budgets.
 
Revenue Forecasting
 
Oregon law requires the Department of Administrative Services (“DAS”) to prepare an estimate for each calendar quarter of the total amount of revenue, including General Fund and lottery revenues, available for State purposes for the current fiscal year, as well as the amount of revenue received quarterly, cumulated through the biennium. DAS must report its estimates to the Legislative Assembly, when it is in session, and to certain interim committees of the Legislative Assembly, when it is not in session. The reports are issued as of the first day of each March, June, September and December. These reports are commonly known as the quarterly “revenue forecast,” and focus on the amount of expected General Fund and lottery revenues. In odd-numbered years when the Legislative Assembly is in session, the June forecast is released approximately May 15 and is commonly referred to as the “close of session” or “COS” forecast.
 
Oregon law also requires DAS to set forth the methodology and assumptions used to develop each quarterly revenue forecast. The State uses an econometric model to forecast the Oregon economy and personal and corporate income taxes (over 80 percent of the State’s General Fund revenue). The system receives new data each quarter, with revisions to the model as necessary. The econometric model has two major parts: (1) a State economic model that estimates employment, wages and personal income; and (2) a revenue forecasting system based on the economic model, for use in estimating personal and corporate income taxes. The model does not include the fees and other miscellaneous revenues that comprise the balance of General Fund revenues.
 
The development of a revenue forecast involves three steps. First, a forecast of economic conditions in Oregon is made, then projected income and population is translated into projected tax receipts other than from corporate and excise taxes and finally corporate income and excise tax collections are projected. In developing its projections the State uses the national baseline forecasts of Global Insight, Inc.
 
Accounting Practices
 
Oregon law designates DAS as the agency responsible for the overall administration and coordination of the State’s internal accounting and other fiscal controls and procedures. DAS has developed the Oregon Accounting Manual that sets forth internal policies and uniform procedures for agencies to follow in their fiscal management, accounting and reporting.
 
DAS must prepare a financial report for the State of Oregon within 180 days after the close of each fiscal year. The reporting entity of the State of Oregon includes all State agencies, universities, commissions and boards for which elected State officials have oversight responsibility. Oregon’s financial statements are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applicable to state governments.
 
All governmental funds use the modified accrual basis of accounting. Revenues are recognized when they become measurable and available. On the modified accrual basis of accounting, taxpayer assessed taxes are recognized when the underlying exchange has occurred and the resources are available. Expenditures are recognized under the modified accrual basis of accounting when the related liability is incurred. An exception to this general rule of expenditure recognition is that principal and interest on general long-term debt is recognized when due.
 
All proprietary and fiduciary funds are accounted for using the accrual basis of accounting. Revenues are recognized when they are earned, and expenses (other than debt service) are recognized when they are incurred.


5

 
 

 

Controls
 
Audits
 
The Secretary of State, as State Auditor, audits or reviews the accounts and financial affairs of each State agency as deemed appropriate under Oregon Revised Statutes (“ORS”) 297.210. An audit is also required when there is a change in the executive head of an institution or department. The Governor, Legislative Fiscal Officer and DAS receive a report on each audit. The Secretary of State’s Audit Division reviews the funds of the State’s larger agencies in connection with the development of the State’s annual financial report and provides annual audits, as requested, for the State’s revenue bond funded programs.
 
Disbursements and Allotments
 
Oregon law requires that State agency spending be monitored and that moneys be disbursed throughout the biennium through an allotment process that is administered by DAS. Under this process, DAS allots to each agency the amount of appropriated moneys that may be spent during each of the eight quarters in a biennium. The amount of an allotment is based on estimates submitted by agencies of their statutory duties and projected expenditures to fulfill the purposes for which moneys were appropriated to them. DAS may amend allotments previously made by it at the request of an agency or after notice by DAS to an agency. In addition, if DAS declares at any time during the biennium that there is a projected budget deficit due to insufficient revenues, then DAS, with the Governor’s approval, may reduce previously made allotments to a level necessary to prevent the deficit. Allotments made for the purpose of debt service payments, however, may not be reduced.
 
Fiscal Checks and Balances
 
Oregon law provides for a system of checks and balances with respect to the deposit, accounting and expenditure of State moneys. DAS supervises State agency accounting and prescribes rules and regulations for preparation of agency budgets. The Secretary of State, the constitutionally designated auditor of public accounts, may disapprove claims for payment from any moneys in the State Treasury. State agencies are required to turn the moneys collected by them over to the State Treasurer for deposit into various funds that comprise the State Treasury. The State Treasurer is responsible for control of State banking relationships, cash management and the investment of State funds. Some State moneys are deposited with outside trustees who administer the cash and investments.
 
On a day-to-day basis, DAS, along with the State Treasurer and the Secretary of State, maintains the system of checks and balances. For example, DAS reconciles its accounts monthly with the related account balances maintained by the State Treasurer, which facilitates the adjustment of any imbalances or other errors. DAS also follows up on major deficiencies listed in the audit reports prepared by the Audits Division of the Secretary of State. Agencies must respond to DAS stating in detail how they will correct the deficiencies.
 
Loss Management
 
The State Services Division of DAS is responsible for managing the State’s risk of loss due to various types of loss or liability. The primary kinds of loss that the division works to prevent or pay include employee injuries; property loss; employee theft or dishonesty and tort liability claims arising from an alleged failure of state agencies or employees to perform their duties. The State Insurance Fund generally pays up to a set amount for various types of losses through its self-insurance program, with excess amounts covered by purchased commercial insurance policies. The State Services Division pays for both its self-insurance losses and commercial insurance premiums from the State Insurance Fund. For each separate category of potential loss, the Division determines the appropriate level of the Fund or commercial insurance. Agencies pay assessments to the State Insurance Fund for each category of loss.


6

 
 

 

Investment Policies
 
The Office of the State Treasurer (the “OST”) invests moneys held on behalf of state agencies and participating local governments through two pooled investment vehicles or through separate accounts with guidelines specific to the agency’s investment needs. Some of the agency moneys invested by the OST are bond proceeds or moneys used to pay bond debt service. The State’s investment policies are governed by Oregon Revised Statutes and the Oregon Investment Council (the “OIC”). The OIC, created by a 1965 legislative act, establishes investment policies for all State funds. The OST is responsible for implementing those policies. The Governor appoints four of the OIC’s five voting members, who are subject to confirmation by the Oregon Senate. The State Treasurer serves by statute. OST pooled investment vehicles are the statutory Oregon Short-Term Fund (the “OSTF”) and the internally established Oregon Intermediate-Term Pool (the “OITP”).
 
The OSTF is a short-term cash investment vehicle created by statute to invest State agency and Oregon local government moneys. The OSTF is not registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as an investment company. The OST manages the OSTF within guidelines established by the OIC, with advice from and in consultation with, the OSTF Board. Primary investment objectives established for the fund are, in order of priority: preservation of principal, liquidity and yield. As of August 31, 2011, the OSTF totaled approximately $9.8 billion.
 
On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“LEH”) filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. The OSTF held senior unsecured LEH bonds scheduled to mature in January and May of 2010. Both maturity payments were not received, and have been reclassified as “Bankruptcy Receivables” with a book value as of August 31, 2011 of $187,583.857.
 
The OITP is an alternative to the OSTF for State agencies. The moneys in the OITP are pooled and managed by OST to invest dollars not needed to cover short-term needs and able to withstand price volatility to achieve returns often associated with longer-term investments. The OITP is a voluntary investment vehicle for State agencies with funds that are allowed to be invested.
 
The OITP’s management objective is to maximize total return, which includes investment value and coupon income within the desired risk parameters and fixed income investments prescribed in the portfolio guidelines. The OITP’s benchmark index is the Bank of America Merrill Lynch 1-5 Year AAA-A U.S. Corporate & Government Index. The OITP is not structured to provide 100 percent net asset value on each participant’s initial investment at all times. For consistency with the portfolio’s total return objective, the value of each participant’s investment is determined on a proportional basis to the net market value of the entire portfolio. The OITP is not registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as an investment company.
 
Eligible investments are detailed in the OITP guidelines, but in general, the OITP may invest, subject to diversification requirements, in several types of investment grade rated debt market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. These may include:
 
•  Obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. private issuers;
 
•  Obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities;
 
•  Obligations issued or guaranteed by non-U.S. governments and instrumentalities;
 
•  Taxable debt securities issued by U.S. states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and  other U.S. state government-sponsored enterprises;
 
•  Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements.
 
The OITP invests in securities that, at the time of purchase, are investment grade rated by nationally recognized rating agencies, such as Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s. The overall portfolio must maintain an average


7

 
 

 


modified duration of 3.0 years or less. Limitations on individual investment terms to maturity vary by security type, but in general, securities have a maximum term of 10.25 years.
Except for U.S. Treasury and U.S. Agency securities, no more than 5 percent of the OITP may be invested in the securities of any one issuer and a maximum of 25 percent may be invested in any one of 10 broad sectors as defined by the Bloomberg Industry Classification System.
 
REVENUES
 
General Fund Revenues
 
A description of the largest sources of the State’s General Fund revenues is provided below.
 
Taxes
 
Personal Income Taxes. Oregon taxes the personal income of individuals, estates, and trusts. Taxable income is calculated using the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with a rolling reconnection date so that “taxable income,” as defined for Oregon personal income tax purposes, generally incorporates federal changes. Oregon employers withhold income tax from their employees’ wages. The employees then file Oregon tax returns for refunds or pay additional tax by April 15 of each year. Self-employed persons and others not subject to withholding must pay quarterly estimated tax payments.
 
Oregon tax rates for single filers were graduated between 5% for income under $2,000 and 11% for income over $250,000 for the 2011 taxable year. The amount of applicable income was doubled for joint returns.  For the 2012 taxable year, Oregon tax rates for single filers are graduated between 5% for income under $2,000 and 9.9% for income over $125,000.  The amount of applicable income is doubled for joint returns. The income amount to which a certain rate applies is indexed to changes in the Consumer Price Index.  The income amount to which the 9.9% rate applies is not indexed.
 
Corporate Excise and Income Taxes. Corporations are subject to either a corporate excise tax or the corporate income tax under Oregon law.
 
The corporate excise tax is imposed for the privilege of doing business in Oregon. A corporation is doing business in Oregon when it engages in any profit-seeking activity in Oregon. The amount of excise tax is 6.6 percent for corporate taxable income of $250,000 and under, and 7.6 percent for income over $250,000. However, there is a minimum tax of $150 for S corporations and Partnerships or between $150 and $100,000 for C Corporations, depending on Oregon sales.  Beginning in 2013, the 7.6% marginal tax rate will only apply to income exceeding $10 million.
 
The corporate income tax is imposed on any corporation that is not doing business in Oregon, but that has income from an Oregon source. Corporations that operate in more than one state must determine the share of their income attributable to Oregon activities using Oregon sales relative to sales in all states. The corporate income tax rate mirrors the excise tax rate on taxable income derived from sources within Oregon.
 
Insurance Taxes. All authorized insurers in Oregon are subject to the corporate excise tax; however, foreign insurers (those domiciled in other states) and alien insurers (those domiciled in other countries) are also subject to a retaliatory tax. The Oregon Department of Revenue collects the excise tax. The Insurance Division of the Department of Consumer and Business Services collects the retaliatory tax.
 
Estate Taxes. The Oregon estate tax is calculated using a $1 million exemption and rates ranging from 10% to 16%.  Federal estate tax law is applied for purposes of determining items included in the taxable estate, deductions available therefrom, and how assets are valued.


8

 
 

 


Cigarette and Other Tobacco Taxes. The State imposes an excise tax on the distribution of all tobacco products in Oregon. The tax rate on cigarettes is $0.059 per cigarette ($1.18 for a pack). The tax rate on the other tobacco products is 65 percent of the wholesale price, and are limited to $0.50 per cigar. Moist snuff is taxed at $1.78 per ounce with a minimum of $2.14 per container. The cigarette and other tobacco products taxes are distributed primarily to the General Fund, with the balance distributed equally among cities, counties and the Department of Transportation.
 
Other Taxes. A portion of the moneys collected from the Eastern Oregon Severance Tax, Western Oregon Severance Tax and Amusement Device Tax are allocated to the General Fund.
 
Fines and Fees
 
The fines and fees section of General Fund revenues includes State Court Fees, Secretary of State Corporation Fees, Criminal Fines and Assessments, and Securities Fees. These are fees imposed by agencies or the State courts for the filing of certain court-related or corporate documents and certain fines for violations of the law.
 
Liquor Sales Apportionment
 
The State imposes taxes on beer and wine manufactured or distributed in Oregon. The tax rates are 8.4 cents per gallon of beer ($2.60 per 31-gallon barrel), 67 cents per gallon of wine with 14 percent or less alcohol, and 77 cents per gallon of wine with 14 percent to 21 percent alcohol. The Oregon Liquor Control Commission (“OLCC”) exclusively imports and distributes beverages with 21 percent or more alcohol. The OLCC sets retail prices, on average, at 101 percent above the sum of costs, shipping, and federal taxes. The net revenue from these operations goes into an OLCC account, which distributes approximately 56 percent of the revenues to the General Fund.
 
Other Sources
 
Other major sources of General Fund revenue include charges for central services performed by DAS, interest earnings, and miscellaneous revenues.
 
General Fund Revenue Reduction Due to Income Tax Return (2% Surplus Kicker)
 
Under the Oregon Constitution, if biennium revenues actually received exceed estimated amounts to be received from either of two General Fund revenue categories, personal or corporate taxes, by more than two percent, a credit is allowed to individual and corporate taxpayers. This return of excess revenues is popularly known as the “kicker.” For individuals, the credit is refundable and is based on the previous calendar year’s tax liability (for example, 2008 liability for the 2007-09 kicker). For corporations, the credit is nonrefundable and is based on the tax liability for the calendar year containing the end of the biennium (for example, 2009 liability for the 2007-09 kicker). The State may retain the corporate or individual kicker moneys only if two-thirds of each house of the Legislative Assembly votes to keep the kicker.
 
Lottery Funds
 
Revenues from the operation of the Oregon State Lottery comprise a significant source of money in the State’s budget. After the payment of prizes and operating the State Lottery, revenues are constitutionally dedicated to education, economic development, and natural resources program areas. According to the Oregon Constitution, approximately 84 percent of the total annual revenues from the sale of lottery tickets or shares shall be returned to the public in the form of prizes and net revenues benefiting the public purpose. After paying player prizes and operating expenses, the Lottery transfers the remaining revenues to the Administrative Services Economic Development Fund. The constitution and the Legislative Assembly direct how moneys from this fund are distributed. The Education Stability Fund and the Parks and Natural Resources Fund receive about 33 percent of total transfers. Debt service payments, State school funding, and economic development efforts are the primary uses for the remainder.


9

 
 

 


Reserve Funds
 
Reserve Funds. The State has two budgetary reserve funds, the Education Stability Fund and the Oregon Rainy Day Fund, that may be drawn on in the event of General Fund revenue shortfalls or economic downturns within a biennium subject to certain restrictions described below.
 
Education Stability Fund (“ESF”). Under the Oregon Constitution, 18 percent of the net proceeds from the State Lottery must be deposited in the ESF. The ESF retains earnings or spends them on public education. The Legislative Assembly also may appropriate other moneys or revenues to the ESF. The amount in the ESF may not exceed 5 percent of the amount that was accrued as revenues in the State’s General Fund during the prior biennium. If three-fifths of the Legislative Assembly approves, the Legislative Assembly can appropriate all or a portion of the money in the ESF for public education expenditures subject to the Governor declaring an emergency or the Legislative Assembly finding that at least one of the following conditions exists: (i) General Fund moneys in the next biennium will be at least three percent below current biennium appropriations; (ii) non-farm employment has declined for two consecutive quarters in the last twelve months or (iii) General Fund revenues have dropped at least two percent below the current close of session forecast.
 
Rainy Day Fund (“RDF”). The 2007 Legislative Assembly authorized the establishment of the Oregon Rainy Day Fund, codified in ORS 293.144 to 293.148. Rather than returning excess corporate income tax receipts for the 2005-07 biennium (known as the “corporate kicker”) to corporate taxpayers, the Legislative Assembly approved depositing most of this corporate kicker into the newly established Oregon Rainy Day Fund. The corporate kicker is the excess of the actual amount of revenues collected from corporate income and excise taxes over the estimate made for that biennium in the close of session forecast. The initial deposit of $319.3 million was made to the RDF in September 2007. The RDF retains earnings in the fund. ORS 293.146 also provides for future deposits to the RDF in an amount equal to up to one percent of the State’s General Fund appropriations for a biennium. The deposit is payable from the State’s General Fund ending balance at the end of a particular biennium. The actual amount of the deposit up to the one percent requirement will depend on the size of the State’s General Fund ending balance. Additional transfers to the RDF cannot be made if the balance in the RDF exceeds 7.5% of the amount of General Fund revenues collected in the prior biennium. If three-fifths of the Legislative Assembly approves, the Legislative Assembly may appropriate money from the RDF if it finds that at least one of the following conditions exists: (i) General Fund moneys in the next biennium will be at least three percent below current biennium appropriations; (ii) non-farm employment has declined for two consecutive quarters in the last twelve months; or (iii) General Fund revenues have dropped at least two percent below the current close of session forecast. The Legislative Assembly may not appropriate more than two-thirds of the amount in the RDF in any biennium.
 
The Oregon Constitution requires 18% of net lottery revenues be deposited in the ESF each year. Under state law, the Oregon Growth Account, which is a venture capital fund geared towards investments in promising new Oregon companies, generally receives 10% of that amount.
 
Other Funds Revenues
 
A description of the largest sources of the State’s Other Funds revenue follows below.
 
Selective Sales and Use Taxes
 
Cigarette and Other Tobacco Taxes. As described above, a large part of the cigarette and other tobacco products taxes is distributed to the General Fund. Part of those taxes, however, is also distributed as Other Funds revenue. The Oregon Health Plan is the primary recipient of the cigarette tax distributed as Other Funds, with small amounts distributed to tobacco cessation programs and among cities, counties, and elderly and disabled transportation programs. The remaining tobacco products tax distributed as Other Funds is allocated primarily to the Oregon Health Plan with a small amount allocated to tobacco cessation programs.
 
Motor Fuels Tax and Weight-Mile Tax. Oregon imposes a tax at the rate of 30 cents per gallon on the sale of gasoline and other fuels used to propel motor vehicles on the State’s highways. The Oregon Department of


10

 
 

 


Transportation (“ODOT”) also assesses a weight-mile tax and road use fees on commercial vehicles that operate on public roads within Oregon. The weight-mile tax is based on the declared combination of vehicle weight and vehicle classification group. Revenues derived from the fuels tax, weight-mile tax and road use assessment fees are paid into the State Highway Fund.
 
Gross Receipts Business Taxes
 
Public Utilities. Regulated utilities operating within the State must pay in taxes up to 0.25 percent of gross operating revenues. These taxes are collected to cover the cost of utility regulation performed by the Oregon Public Utility Commission.
 
Employer-Employee Taxes
 
Employment Taxes. Employers and employees in Oregon must pay unemployment taxes. The rate of unemployment tax depends upon the balance in the Unemployment Compensation Trust Fund as of August 31 of each year, the taxable payroll, and the amount of unemployment benefits paid.
 
Workers’ Compensation Insurance. Oregon employers and employees also pay a workers’ compensation assessment. The Director of the Department of Consumer and Business Services determines the amount of workers’ compensation assessments.
 
Severance Taxes
 
Portions of the Eastern Oregon, Western Oregon and Other Severance taxes are paid to funds outside of the General Fund for various forest-related and other programs.
 
Licenses and Fees
 
Owners and operators of motor vehicles pay fees to ODOT for the licensing, registration, and titling of their vehicles. These moneys are dedicated to the State Highway Fund, the Student Driver Training Fund, and the Motor Vehicle Accident Fund. Another source of revenue comes from the sale of hunting and fishing licenses and tags and occupational licenses.
 
Other Revenues
 
Charges for Services. Major portions of these Other Funds revenues are collected by the Oregon University System and consist of auxiliary enterprise and service income. Sales of State Forest Lands and Common School Lands also provide income. This category also includes revenue from veterans’ home loan repayments and retirement system contributions, as well as various other smaller sources.
 
Fines, Rents and Royalties, Bond Sales. The State collects income from State-owned properties that are leased or rented. It also collects royalties or similar returns through the Oregon University System and some loan and grant programs. Proceeds from the sale of bonds issued by the State are deposited into various program funds and accounts for disbursement to construction projects, or loan and grant programs operated by various State agencies.
 
Sales, Donations and Loan Repayments. The State from time to time sells State-owned properties, receives donations from various parties and receives repayments on loans made to governmental and private entities under various programs.


11

 
 

 

Federal Funds
 
Federal Funds are moneys received from the federal government. The Legislative Assembly may authorize receipt of Federal Funds for specific purposes. These funds must be appropriated by the Legislative Assembly and used in accordance with any restrictions placed on the funds by the federal government.
 
Recent Developments
 
2011 Legislative Session
 
The Legislative Assembly completed its 76th regular session on June 30, 2011 (the “2011 Legislative Session”) with the adoption of a balanced budget for the 2011-2013 biennium as required by the State Constitution. The General Fund and Lottery Revenues budget totaled $14.62 billion. The Legislatively Adopted Budget for the 2011-2013 biennium (the “LAB”) includes a “hold back” of 3.5 percent for all General Fund and Lottery appropriations except State School Fund payments for K-12 education.  The LAB reflected an expected interim General Fund ending balance of approximately $460 million when the Legislative Assembly convenes for its 2012 session in February 2012. According to the September 2011 Forecast, the interim General Fund balance was expected to be approximately $253.7 million. When the Legislative Assembly convenes in February 2012, it is expected to consider the State’s financial position and decide what actions, if any, to take with available resources. If the State Economic and Revenue Forecast remains stable or improves, the Legislative Assembly may use a portion of the interim balance to avoid some program reductions in the second year of the 2011-13 biennium. In addition, the Legislative Assembly has budgeted $72.7 million for the Emergency Fund to be available if needed prior to the February 2012 session.
 
Economic Information
 
According to the September 2011 Forecast, General Fund revenues are projected to be $13.839 billion for the 2011- 2013 biennium. This represents a decrease of approximately $193 million from the May 2011 Forecast. The revised revenue forecast results in a projected General Fund ending balance of $253 million. The General Fund revenues for the 2009-2011 biennium were also revised in the September 2011 Forecast, resulting in an ending balance of $35.2 million for the 2009-2011 biennium. This balance is expected to be transferred to the Rainy Day Fund.
 
The September 2011 Forecast estimated second quarter job growth in Oregon at 0.7 percent for a third consecutive quarter of positive job growth. On a year-over-year basis, job growth was up 1.4 percent. Subsequent to the September 2011 Forecast, actual results for the second quarter have become available and were 0.9 percent, resulting in an increase of 1.3 percent year-over-year job growth.  The Office of Economic Analysis (“OEA”) notes that although total estimated job growth for the second quarter is “disappointing,” the private sector has been improving, adding jobs every quarter since the first quarter of 2010. Notable job increases are reported in manufacturing, retail trade, health services and leisure and hospitality. Job declines were reported in all three governmental sectors, particularly in local government education. As noted in the September 2011 Forecast, the Western Blue Chip Job Growth rankings administered by Arizona State University placed Oregon 13th in the nation for year-over-year job growth. Oregon slipped to 16th in the nation for year-over-year job growth in the August Western Blue Chip Job Growth rankings. As reported by the Oregon Employment Department, the seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for Oregon stood at 9.6 percent as of August 2011, down from 10.7 percent in August 2010.
 
OEA does note that the outlook for revenue growth in Oregon is threatened by the uncertainty surrounding the nascent recovery in the regional job market. The OEA also indicates that fragile consumer and business confidence have added downside risks to the forecast, and stated that should the U.S. economy slip back into recession, forecasted tax revenues would fall dramatically. However, all of Oregon’s core measures of economic activity (private employment, earnings and tax collection) are still expanding -- albeit at disappointing rates. OEA is not forecasting a recession for the Oregon economy. The September 2011 Forecast projects continued improvement in job gains with yearly averages increasing to 1.7 percent and 1.95 percent in 2011 and 2012, respectively.


12

 
 

 


As of October 27, 2011, the State indicated that the next State Economic and Revenue Forecast was expected to be released on or about November 17, 2011 (the “December 2011 Forecast”). The State indicated that if a decrease in revenues was forecast and the General Fund budget was not balanced, Oregon law would require the Governor or the Legislative Assembly to take action to rebalance the budget prior to the end of the biennium. For example, the Governor could administratively reduce expenditure authority for state agencies through the allotment process. Additionally, the Legislative Assembly may rebalance the budget in its scheduled sessions in 2012 and 2013 or, if necessary, in a special session.
 
Initiative Petitions, Legislative Referrals and Referendum Petitions
 
Initiative Petitions
 
General. The State Constitution, Article IV, Section 1, reserves to the people of the State (1) the initiative power to amend the State Constitution or to enact State legislation by placing measures on the statewide general election ballot for consideration by the voters and (2) the referendum power to approve or reject at an election any act passed by the Legislative Assembly that does not become effective earlier than 90 days after the end of the legislative session. The Legislative Assembly may also refer an act to the voters for approval or rejection.
 
State law permits any person to file a proposed initiative with the Secretary of State’s office without payment of fees or other burdensome requirements. Although a large number of initiative measures are submitted to the Secretary of State’s office, a much smaller number of petitions contain sufficient signatures to be placed on the ballot. Because many proposed initiative measures are submitted that do not qualify for the ballot, the State does not formally or systematically monitor the impact of those measures or estimate their financial effect prior to the time the measures qualify for the ballot. Consequently, the State does not ordinarily disclose information about proposed initiative measures that have not qualified for the ballot.
 
Requirements for Proposed Initiative Measures to Be Placed on the Ballot. To place a proposed initiative on a general election ballot, the proponents must submit to the Secretary of State initiative petitions signed by the number of qualified voters equal to a specified percentage of the total number of votes cast for all candidates for governor at the gubernatorial election at which a governor was elected for a term of four years next preceding the filing of the petition with the Secretary of State. Any elector may sign an initiative petition for any measure on which the elector is entitled to vote.
 
The initiative petition must be submitted to the Secretary of State not less than four months prior to the general election at which the proposed measure is to be voted upon. As a practical matter, proponents of an initiative have approximately two years in which to gather the necessary number of signatures. State law permits persons circulating initiative petitions to pay money to persons obtaining signatures for the petition.
 
Although a large number of initiative measures are submitted to the Secretary of State’s office, a much smaller number of petitions contain sufficient signatures to be placed on the ballot. Once an initiative measure has gathered a sufficient number of signatures and qualified for placement on the ballot, the State is required to prepare a formal estimate of the measure’s financial impact. Typically, this estimate is limited to an evaluation of the direct dollar impact. Historically, a larger number of initiative measures have qualified for the ballot than have been approved by the electors.
 
Legislative Referrals and Referendum Petitions
 
The Legislative Assembly may refer constitutional amendments or statutory changes to the Oregon voters for their approval. In addition, within 90 days after the end of a legislative session, any person may file a petition seeking to have any act passed by the Legislative Assembly that does not become effective earlier than 90 days after the end of the legislative session referred to the voters for their approval or rejection at the next general election, or at a special election provided for by the Legislative Assembly. To place a proposed referendum on the ballot, the proponents must submit to the Secretary of State within 90 days after the end of the legislative session referendum petitions signed by the number of qualified voters equal to four percent of the total number of votes cast for all


13
 
 
 

 
candidates for governor at the gubernatorial election at which a governor was elected for a term of four years next preceding the filing of the petition with the Secretary of State. Any elector may sign a referendum petition for any measure on which the elector is entitled to vote. An act approved by the voters through the referendum process becomes effective 30 days after the date of the election at which it was approved. A referendum on part of an act does not prevent the remainder of the act from becoming effective as provided in the act.
 
PENSION AND POST EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
 
The State is one of many participants in the statewide Oregon Public Employees’ Retirement System (“PERS”). The State participates in three retirement pension benefit programs provided through PERS (or “System”) and three retirement health care benefit programs (two provided through PERS and one provided by the State’s Public Employees’ Benefit Board (“PEBB”)). Most public employers in Oregon, including State government employers, participate in PERS.1  Benefits provided through PERS are paid from the Oregon Public Employees’ Retirement Fund (“OPERF”). The Public Employees’ Retirement Board (the “PERS Board”) administers PERS and is responsible for setting policies and for providing administrative direction to PERS.
 
System Pension Programs
 
The three PERS pension programs are composed of two defined benefit programs and one program that has features similar to a defined contribution plan. In a defined benefit plan, the investment risk for the plan assets is borne by the employer. In a defined contribution plan, the investment risk for the plan assets is borne by the employee. A combination of participating employer contributions (determined by the PERS Board based upon the results of actuarial valuations), investment earnings and employee contributions (determined by statute, as of October 27, 2011, 6 percent of salaries and 7 percent for judges) fund these pension programs.
 
Employees hired before January 1, 1996 are known as “Tier 1” participants. The retirement benefits applicable to Tier 1 participants are based primarily on a defined benefit model. Employees hired on or after January 1, 1996 and before August 29, 2003 are known as “Tier 2” participants. The Tier 2 program also provides a defined benefit but with lower expected costs to employers than under the Tier 1 benefit program. Employees hired on or after August 29, 2003 are participants in a successor retirement program to the Tier 1 and Tier 2 retirement programs (the “T1/T2 Pension Programs”) known as the Oregon Public Service Retirement Plan (“OPSRP”).
 
PERS also offers a program that has features similar to a defined contribution benefit known as the Individual Account Program (“IAP”). Effective January 1, 2004, active Tier 1, Tier 2 (T1/T2) and OPSRP employees became members of the IAP. Tier 1 and Tier 2 employees retain their existing T1/T2 Pension Program account, but the IAP account receives any future member contributions.
 
System Pension Plan Asset and Liabilities Valuations
 
Oregon statutes require an actuarial valuation of the System by a competent actuary at least once every two years. Under current practice, actuarial valuations are performed annually, but only valuations as of the end of each odd-numbered year are used to determine annual required employer contribution rates. Valuations are released approximately one year after the valuation date. As of October 27, 2011, the PERS actuary was Mercer (US), Inc. (“Mercer”).
 
Mercer released its December 31, 2009 valuation for the System (the “2009 System Valuation”) on October 27, 2010. The 2009 System Valuation includes an actuarial valuation for the T1/T2 Pension Programs and OPSRP. In connection with the T1/T2 Pension Programs, the State is pooled with certain local governments and community college districts (the “State and Local Government Rate Pool” or “SLGRP”). Because OPSRP’s assets and liabilities are pooled on a program-wide basis, the State is pooled with all Oregon local governments in connection with OPSRP. On September 27, 2010 Mercer released the State’s individual 2009 valuation report as of December 31,

___________________________
1           In addition, the Oregon Health and Science University and the Oregon University System have each established alternatives to the participation in PERS.


 
 

 


2009 (the “2009 State Report”), which provides the State’s portion of the unfunded actuarial liabilities of the SLGRP and OPSRP based on the State’s proportionate share of total System covered payroll.
 
An employer’s unfunded actuarial liability (“UAL”) is the excess of the actuarially determined present value of the employer’s benefit obligations to employees over the existing actuarially determined assets available to pay those benefits. According to the 2009 summary valuation, PERS as a whole was 86.0 percent funded with an unfunded actuarial liability of approximately $8.1 billion.
 
The funded status of the pension programs may change depending on the market performance of the securities that OPERF is invested in, future changes in compensation and benefits of covered employees, demographic characteristics of members and methodologies and assumptions used by the actuary in estimating the assets and liabilities of PERS. Additionally, the market value of the investments held in OPERF is determined using various sources.
 
State Pension Plan Asset and Liabilities
 
The State’s portion of unfunded actuarial liability of the pension programs was approximately $1.8 billion in 2009, and the State’s portion of the funded ratios was 88.1% in 2009. For the T1/T2 Pension Programs, the State’s portion of PERS’ assets and liabilities is based upon the State’s proportionate share of SLGRP’s pooled covered payroll (as of December 31, 2009, approximately 48.54 percent) and reflects proceeds from the State pension bonds issued in October 2003 in the aggregate principal amount of $2.1 billion (the “State Pension Bonds”). For OPSRP, the State’s proportionate share is based upon the State’s share of total System covered payroll (as of December 31, 2009, approximately 27.66 percent). The State’s proportionate liability may increase if other participants fail to pay their full employer contributions.
 
State Employer Contribution Rates
 
At the end of each odd-numbered year, valuations determine employer contribution rates. The State’s December 31, 2009 valuation for the T1/T2 Pension Programs and for OPSRP (the “2009 State Valuation”) determines its contribution rates for the 2011-13 biennium. The State’s December 31, 2007 valuation for the T1/T2 Pension Programs and for OPSRP (the “2007 State Valuation”) was used by the Board to set the employer contribution rates for the 2009-11 biennium.
 
The 2011-13 employer contribution rates were derived using a rate stabilization methodology designed to cap rate increases and reduce large fluctuations in employer contribution rates. Because the State’s contribution rates for the 2011-13 biennium are capped, further rate increases are anticipated for the 2013-15 biennium.  As of October 27, 2011, PERS anticipated that system-wide the 2013-15 rates will increase by approximately 5% of covered payroll as a result of the implementation of the rate increase cap for the 2011-13 biennium. This increase, however, is subject to change based on investment performance of the OPERF and other factors. The State’s actual 2013-15 rate increase also may vary from the system-wide number.
 
At the September 30, 2011 PERS Board meeting, Mercer presented the actuarial valuation of assets and liabilities for the System as of December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Mercer Presentation”). The official actuarial valuation report for the System as of December 31, 2010 (the “2010 System Valuation”) was expected to be released in late October or early November 2011. As of October 27, 2010, the State could not predict what the State’s net pension UAL would be as of December 31, 2010; however, the 2010 Mercer Presentation reported that the System-wide funded status would increase from approximately 86% at December 31, 2009 to 87% at December 31, 2010. The State Valuation is to contain advisory employer contribution rates as of December 31, 2010 for the 2013-2015 biennium; these rates are advisory only. Although as of October 27, 2011, the State could not predict what the advisory rates would be, the 2010 Mercer Presentation reported that as of December 31, 2010, advisory base employer contribution rates were 3.6% of payroll above current rates, primarily due to the rate increase cap spreading rate increases to restore funded status across multiple periods.

15

 
 

 

Other Post Employment Benefits
 
In addition to pension benefits, the State provides health care benefits (medical, vision and dental) to approximately 52,944 retirees through PERS health insurance programs. At the time of retirement, State employees can choose whether to obtain post-employment benefits through PERS or through PEBB.
 
PERS Sponsored Retirement Health Insurance Account Plan (RHIA)
 
Retirees who receive pension benefits through the T1/T2 Pension Programs and are enrolled in certain PERS-administered health insurance programs may receive a subsidy towards the payment of health insurance premiums. ORS 238.420 established the Retirement Health Insurance Account (“RHIA”) program under which qualified retirees may receive a subsidy for Medicare supplemental health insurance of up to $60 per month towards the cost of their health insurance premiums. The State’s employer contribution rate for the RHIA program for the 2009-11 biennium was 0.29 percent and was a component of the State’s blended employer contribution rate of 3.17 percent for the 2009-11 biennium. The employer contribution rate for RHIA paid by the State is based on the annual required contribution (“ARC”) calculated for the biennium. The State’s employer contribution rate for the RHIA program for the 2011-13 biennium is slated to be 0.59 percent of payroll.
 
PERS-Sponsored Retiree Health Insurance Premium Account Plan (RHIPA)
 
Another subsidy is available to pre-Medicare-age State retirees through the Retiree Health Insurance Premium Account (“RHIPA”) plan. On or before January 1 of each year, the PERS Board calculates the average difference between the health insurance premiums paid by retired State employees under contracts entered into by the PERS Board and health insurance premiums paid by State employees who are not retired. RHIPA authorizes payment of this average difference to qualified retired State employees. The State’s employer contribution rate for the RHIPA plan for the 2009-11 biennium was 0.08 percent of covered payroll and was a component of the State’s blended employer contribution rate of 3.17 percent. The State’s employer contribution rate for the RHIPA plan for the 2011-13 biennium is slated to be 0.16 percent of payroll. The employer contribution rate for RHIPA paid by the State is based on the ARC calculated for the biennium. As of December 31, 2009, the RHIPA program had an unfunded actuarial liability (the “RHIPA UAL”) of approximately $18.1 million, representing a funded ratio of approximately 26.1 percent, all of which is allocable to the State.
 
PEBB Retiree Health Insurance Benefit Plan
 
In addition to the pension and health care benefits provided to retired State employees through PERS, the State provides health care benefits (medical, vision and dental) through PEBB to approximately 2,500 retirees who do not receive health care benefits through PERS and are not yet eligible for Medicare. PEBB’s obligations to provide benefits are State obligations for accounting purposes. The PEBB OPEB obligation exists because the State is providing an implicit rate subsidy to retirees for PEBB benefits that are offered to both retirees and active employees, where the retiree pays the same premium amount as active employees.
 
On June 25, 2010, Mercer, the State’s actuary for PEBB, released an actuarial valuation as of July 1, 2009 (the “2009 PEBB Valuation”) for purposes of complying with the OPEB standards (Government Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) 43 and GASB 45). The valuation was prepared using the Entry Age Normal actuarial cost method, an amortization period of 30 years, and an assumed discount rate of 4.0 percent. The State’s unfunded actuarial accrued liability at the valuation date of July 1, 2009 for post-employment benefits provided through PEBB was estimated to be $161.7 million. For fiscal year 2010, the ARC for post-employment benefits provided through PEBB were $16.7 million, plus interest on the net OPEB obligation of $1.6 million, less the ARC adjustment of $2.3 million. Because the State continues to fund the PEBB OPEB on a pay-as-you-go basis, the net OPEB obligation reported at the end of fiscal year 2010 in the State’s financial statements was $47.7 million. The $47.7 million is the sum of the prior year’s ending balance of $40.1 million and the fiscal year 2010 annual OPEB expense of $16.0 million, less the pay-as-you-go contribution of approximately $8.4 million.


16

 
 

 

LITIGATION
 
Members of the public and advocacy groups from time to time assert that they intend to file a legal action against the State challenging certain programs, laws or actions that the State or its officers or agencies have taken. Because the State cannot be certain as to whether such actions will actually be filed, the legal assertions that may be made in a potential action or the remedy sought in terms of the amount of damages or performance requested of the State, the State includes as threatened litigation only situations in which the State is engaged in active settlement negotiations with a person or advocacy group in order to pre-empt filing of a lawsuit. Further, the State discloses only pending or threatened litigation which the State has determined may have a materially adverse impact on the State’s financial position in relation to the bonds offered for sale, i.e., litigation where the damages or performance sought has a reasonable probability of imposing liability of $50 million or more against the State’s General Fund.
 
Tobacco Cases

Estate of Williams, Estate of Schwarz v. Philip Morris, Inc.

The State and Philip Morris, Inc. (“Philip Morris”), together with a number of other states and U.S. territories (the “Settling States”) and tobacco manufacturers, are parties to a Master Settlement Agreement (the “MSA”). Under the terms of the MSA, the State expects to receive periodic payments from the tobacco manufacturers that will total approximately $2 billion by the year 2025. Separate tort actions were filed in the State circuit court against Philip Morris on behalf of two decedents claiming their deaths from tobacco-related causes were due to the actions of Philip Morris. The plaintiffs prevailed in the trial court. The estate of Williams was awarded approximately $80 million in punitive damages. The estate of Schwarz was awarded approximately $100 million in punitive damages.

By statute, the State is entitled to 60 percent of all punitive damages awards. Philip Morris twice appealed the award in Williams to the Oregon Court of Appeals and the Oregon Supreme Court and then to the United States Supreme Court, which set aside the punitive damages and remanded the case back to the State courts for further consideration. Both courts upheld the award on remand. On July 8, 2008, the United States Supreme Court again granted review of the Oregon Supreme Court’s decision. On March 31, 2009, however, the Supreme Court dismissed the case, holding that review had been improvidently granted. Accordingly, the last decision of the Oregon Supreme Court stands.

Philip Morris appealed the Schwarz decision to the Oregon Court of Appeals. On May 17, 2006, the Court of Appeals held that a jury instruction with respect to the awarding of punitive damages was erroneous. The court vacated the punitive damages award and remanded the case back to the trial court for a new determination of the amount of punitive damages. The plaintiff has petitioned the Oregon Supreme Court for review of the Court of Appeals’ decision.

Philip Morris has notified the State that, if it must pay punitive damages in the Oregon cases, and if part of the award is payable to the State, it intends to treat any such payment to the State as a release of, or an offset against, moneys payable to the State under the MSA. The State may receive approximately $48 million (plus accrued interest on such amount at the rate of nine percent per annum) as part of the punitive damages award from the Williams case. In that event, Philip Morris has indicated that the State would receive correspondingly less under the MSA. Any amount offset by Philip Morris would match the punitive damages received by the State. The State disagrees with Philip Morris’ position and intends to dispute any future release or offset of moneys owed under the MSA. The dispute between the State and Philip Morris has been assigned to a judge in the Multnomah County Circuit Court. The court, however, has reinstated a stay in the case pending a final decision in the Schwarz and Williams cases.

Non-participating Manufacturer Claims

The MSA contains a number of payment adjustment mechanisms. The non-participating manufacturers’ adjustment (“NPM Adjustment”) reduces the annual payments required of the manufacturers participating in the MSA (“Participating Manufacturers” or “PMs”) when the following three conditions are met: (1) loss of market share by the PMs, (2) a finding by economic consultants that the MSA was a significant factor in the PMs’ market


17

 
 

 


share loss, and (3) a finding that the Settling State in question did not enact or diligently enforce model escrow legislation required by the MSA.

As of October 27, 2011, the first two conditions had occurred for payment years 2003-2009. As a result, the PMs have paid part of their annual payments into a disputed payment account. Between 2006 and 2010, Oregon received approximately 8 to 10 percent less in each year than its anticipated payment of approximately $75 million to $90 million. In addition, in 2011 Oregon received approximately 14 percent less than anticipated. It is possible that the PMs will withhold more from the State’s payments in the future.

As of October 27, 2011, Oregon was litigating with the PMs whether Oregon “diligently enforced” its model escrow legislation in 2003. In April 2006, the State filed suit in Oregon’s Multnomah County Circuit Court seeking full payment from the PMs. The court found that the dispute is subject to nationwide arbitration in which the Settling States are on one side of the dispute and the PMs are on the other side. An arbitration panel has been formed and, as of October 27, 2011, the PMs and the Settling States were working toward arbitration of the issues in this case. If it is determined in the arbitration that the State did not diligently enforce its model escrow statutes, the full amount of the yearly payment at issue could be deducted by the PMs from the next annual payment that the State is scheduled to receive.

Challenges Related to PERS

Several Oregon employees filed lawsuits challenging various aspects of the 2003 legislation that enacted significant changes to PERS. The PERS legislation, among other things, affected the earnings calculation on Tier One members’ accounts; created a new retirement program; blocked further contributions to variable rate accounts; and required updated actuarial tables. The initial challenges to the PERS legislation were consolidated and decided by the Oregon Supreme Court in 2005. The federal court challenges to the PERS legislation were resolved by the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit in October 2006 and in September 2008.

The PERS legislation also provided a statutory remedy to a prior case filed by the City of Eugene and other public employers. In that case, the trial court ruled, among other things, that the PERS Board (“PERB”) credited too much in 1999 earnings to certain member accounts. PERS members who intervened in the case appealed the decision. The original parties in the case entered into a settlement agreement in which PERB agreed, among other things, to reduce the 1999 earnings credited to certain member regular accounts. In 2005, the Oregon Supreme Court dismissed the appeal of the case as moot and in July 2006, the court vacated the underlying trial court judgment.

The Supreme Court’s decision in the City of Eugene appeal affects certain pending cases that challenge PERB’s actions taken to address the 1999 over-crediting addressed in the litigation, the City of Eugene settlement, and PERS legislation. Two pending cases, Robinson and Arken, deal with recovering the over-crediting from retirees. The trial court ruled in Robinson that it was improper to re-coup overpayments to the retirees from the retirees; instead, the overpayments should be paid as administrative expenses of PERS. In Arken, the plaintiffs argue that they had a contractual right to the 1999 crediting. The trial court rejected that argument. The amount at issue is approximately $800 million. On October 6, 2011, the Oregon Supreme Court reversed the Robinson case and held that overpayments may not be recovered as administrative expenses but must be recovered through other methods from the retirees who received overpayments. In the same opinion, the court denied the contract and other claims by Arken plaintiffs, thereby upholding the actions taken to address the 1999 over-crediting.

A similar issue is pending in another case, White, filed by non-retired participants whose account balances were lowered to adjust for the 1999 earnings over-crediting. The Court of Appeals certified the case to the Oregon Supreme Court, which heard oral argument on May 3, 2011. The amount at issue for non-retirees is also approximately $800 million.

The most recent actuarial valuations of the PERS system take into account the court decisions in existence when the valuations were completed. The outcome of the pending federal and state cases challenging the actions of the Legislative Assembly and PERB may affect the PERS unfunded actuarial liability in the future. Nevertheless, the State believes that, in the pending litigation described above, there are strong legal arguments for upholding the 2003 legislation and PERB’s actions.


18

 
 

 



Potential Superfund Site Liability

Two State agencies are involved in a confidential, non-judicial mediation process that are to result in an allocation of costs associated with the investigation and cleanup of sediment contamination in the Portland Harbor, a 10-mile stretch of the lower Williamette River area that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) has listed as a Superfund site under the federal Superfund law (“CERCLA”). Over 200 parties, private companies and public entities may eventually be found liable for a share of the costs related to investigation and clean-up of the Portland Harbor Superfund Site.

The Oregon Department of Transportation (“ODOT”) and the Oregon Department of State Lands (“DSL”) have received General Notice Letters from the EPA informing them that the State, by and through those agencies, is a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) under CERCLA for cleanup costs at the site. The EPA’s letter to ODOT asserts that ODOT may incur CERCLA liability for releasing hazardous substances into the study area from a stormwater system. As to DSL, the EPA letter charges that the State, through DSL and the State Land Board, is a PRP because of releases of hazardous substances on submerged and submersible leased lands at the site.

It is too early in the EPA’s remedial action process to estimate the total amount of cleanup costs that will be shared by liable parties, although some parties predict that cleanup costs could be in the $1 billion range. In addition, it is too early to estimate the proportionate share of liability for cleanup costs, if any, that may ultimately be assessed against either of the State agencies involved in the allocation process. When the mediation will end is not known, but it may be as late as 2015.

The Portland Harbor Superfund will also involve a separate allocation of liability for injuries to natural resources caused by contamination at the site, which is an additional type of recovery under the Superfund law known as natural resource damages (“NRD”). This NRD claim is asserted against all PRPs, including ODOT and DSL, by the Portland Harbor natural resource trustees, a group composed of five tribes, two federal agencies and the State, acting through its trustee, the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife. The trustees have initiated a cooperative injury assessment process that provides an opportunity for early settlement of the NRD claim. The NRD process is to result in an allocation of liability at the same time as the allocation of liability for remedial costs. It is too early to evaluate what, if any, share of liability either ODOT or DSL may ultimately bear for this NRD claim.

Another potential financial risk for the State involves the Superfund’s orphan share obligations. When settling its claim against PRPs, the EPA may agree to pay some portion of the financial liability assigned to those parties who are insolvent or defunct, and unaffiliated with any other viable liable party (the “Orphan Share”). The EPA may thereafter request, as authorized by the Superfund law, that the State pay 10 percent of any orphan share payment made by the EPA, plus the costs of continuing operation and maintenance of the orphan site(s). As of October 27, 2011, whether the State would enter into such an agreement and the amount the State would pay were unknown, and would depend on the outcome of negotiations with the EPA.

Pro Se Cases

There are also several pro se cases pending against the State in which plaintiffs representing themselves are suing the State for many millions of dollars.  The possibility of the State having to pay anything in any of these cases is negligible.

Municipal Bonds

The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and unlimited taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue or special tax bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or projects or, in a few cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other tax, but are not supported by the issuer’s power to levy unlimited general taxes. There are, of course, variations in the security of municipal bonds, both within a particular classification and between classifications, depending on


19

 
 

 


numerous factors. The yields of municipal bonds depend on, among other things, general financial conditions, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.

Since the Trust may invest in industrial development bonds or private activity bonds, the Trust may not be an appropriate investment for entities that are “substantial users” of facilities financed by those bonds or for investors who are “related persons” of such users. Generally, an individual will not be a “related person” under the Internal Revenue Code unless such investor or his or her immediate family (spouse, brothers, sisters and lineal descendants) owns directly or indirectly in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the equity of a corporation or is a partner of a partnership which is a “substantial user” of a facility financed from the proceeds of those bonds. A “substantial user” of such facilities is defined generally as a “non-exempt person who regularly uses a part of a facility” financed from the proceeds of industrial development or private activity bonds.

As indicated in the Prospectus, there are certain Oregon Obligations the interest on which is subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax on individuals. While the Trust may purchase these obligations, it may, on the other hand, refrain from purchasing particular Oregon Obligations due to this tax consequence. Also, as indicated in the Prospectus, the Trust will not purchase obligations of Oregon issuers the interest on which is subject to regular Federal income tax. The foregoing may reduce the number of issuers of obligations that are available to the Trust.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Obligations

The Trust may buy Oregon Obligations on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. The purchase price and the interest rate payable on the Oregon Obligations are fixed on the transaction date. At the time the Trust makes the commitment to purchase Oregon Obligations on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction and thereafter reflect the value each day of such Oregon Obligations in determining its net asset value. The Trust will make commitments for such when-issued transactions only when it has the intention of actually acquiring the Oregon Obligations.

Determination of the Marketability of Certain Securities

In determining marketability of floating and variable rate demand notes and participation interests (including municipal lease/purchase obligations) the Board of Trustees will consider the Sub-Adviser’s opinion as to marketability of the issue and other factors that may be applicable to any particular issue.

Futures Contracts and Options

The Trust is permitted to buy and sell futures contracts relating to municipal security indices (“Municipal Security Index Futures”) and to U.S. Government securities (“U.S. Government Securities Futures,” together referred to as “Futures”), and exchange-traded options based on Futures as a possible means of protecting the asset value of the Trust during periods of changing interest rates. The following discussion is intended to explain briefly the workings of Futures and options on them.

Unlike when the Trust purchases or sells an Oregon Obligation, no price is paid or received by the Trust upon the purchase or sale of a Future. Initially, however, when such transactions are entered into, the Trust will be required to deposit with the futures commission merchant (“broker”) an amount of cash or Oregon Obligations equal to a varying specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. Subsequent payments, called variation margin, to and from the broker, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying index or security fluctuates making the Future more or less valuable, a process known as marking to market. Insolvency of the broker may make it more difficult to recover initial or variation margin. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Trust as unrealized gains or losses. Margin deposits do not involve borrowing by the Trust and may not be used to support any other transactions. At any time prior to expiration of the Future, the


20

 
 

 

Trust may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position which will operate to terminate the Trust’s position in the Future. A final determination of variation margin is then made. Additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Trust and it realizes a gain or a loss. Although Futures by their terms call for the actual delivery or acceptance of cash, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled without having to make or take delivery. All transactions in the futures markets are subject to commissions payable by the Trust and are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearing house associated with the exchange on which the contracts are traded. Although the Trust intends to buy and sell Futures only on an exchange where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular Future at any particular time. In such event, or in the event of an equipment failure at a clearing house, it may not be possible to close a futures position.

Municipal Security Index Futures are futures contracts based on an index of municipal bonds. Daily values are assigned to the bonds included in the index based on the independent assessment of a pricing service, and the value of the index fluctuates with changes in those constituent values. The two parties to the contract agree to take or make delivery of a cash amount based on the difference between the value of the index on the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally struck.

There are as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information U.S. Government Securities Futures contracts based on long-term Treasury bonds, Treasury notes, GNMA Certificates and three-month Treasury bills. U.S. Government Securities Futures have traded longer than Municipal Security Index Futures, and the depth and liquidity available in the trading markets for them are in general greater.

Call Options on Futures Contracts. The Trust may also purchase and sell exchange-traded call and put options on Futures. The purchase of a call option on a Future is analogous to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the Future upon which it is based, or upon the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. Like the purchase of a futures contract, the Trust may purchase a call option on a Future to hedge against a market advance when the Trust is not fully invested.

The writing of a call option on a Future constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the Future. If the price at expiration of the Future is below the exercise price, the Trust will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the Trust’s portfolio holdings.

Put Options on Futures Contracts. The purchase of put options on a Future is analogous to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Trust may purchase a put option on a Future to hedge the Trust’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

The writing of a put option on a Future constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the Future. If the Future price at expiration is higher than the exercise price, the Trust will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities which the Trust intends to purchase.

The writer of an option on a Future is required to deposit initial and variation margin pursuant to requirements similar to those applicable to Futures. Premiums received from the writing of an option will be included in initial margin. The writing of an option on a Future involves risks similar to those relating to Futures.

Risk Factors in Futures Transactions and Options

One risk in employing Futures or options on Futures to attempt to protect against the price volatility of the Trust’s Oregon Obligations is that the Sub-Adviser could be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of various interest rate movements or the time span within which the movements take place. For example, if the Trust sold a


21

 
 

 


Future in anticipation of an increase in interest rates, and then interest rates went down instead, the Trust would lose money on the sale.

Another risk as to Futures or options on them arises because of the imperfect correlation between movement in the price of the Future and movements in the prices of the Oregon Obligations which are the subject of the hedge. The risk of imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Trust’s portfolio diverges from the municipal securities included in the applicable index or from the securities underlying the U.S. Government Securities Futures. The price of the Future or option may move more than or less than the price of the Oregon Obligations being hedged. If the price of the Future or option moves less than the price of the Oregon Obligations which are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective but, if the price of the Oregon Obligations being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, the Trust would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the Oregon Obligations being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the Future or option. If the price of the Future or option has moved more than the price of the Oregon Obligations, the Trust will experience either a loss or gain on the Future or option which will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the Oregon Obligations which are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the Oregon Obligations being hedged and movements in the price of the Futures or options, the Trust may buy or sell Futures or options in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the Oregon Obligations being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of the Oregon Obligations being hedged is less than the historical volatility of the debt securities underlying the hedge. It is also possible that, where the Trust has sold Futures or options to hedge its portfolio against decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the Oregon Obligations held in the Trust’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred the Trust would lose money on the Future or option and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities.

Where Futures or options are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of Oregon Obligations before the Trust is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead; if the Trust then decides not to invest in the Oregon Obligations at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the Trust will realize a loss on the Futures or options that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the Oregon Obligations which it had anticipated purchasing.

The particular municipal securities comprising the index underlying Municipal Security Index Futures will vary from the bonds held by the Trust. The correlation of the hedge with such bonds may be affected by disparities in the average maturity, ratings, geographical mix or structure of the Trust’s investments as compared to those comprising the Index, and general economic or political factors. In addition, the correlation between movements in the value of the Municipal Security Index may be subject to change over time, as additions to and deletions from the Municipal Security Index alter its structure. The correlation between U.S. Government Securities Futures and the municipal bonds held by the Trust may be adversely affected by similar factors and the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of such Futures and the prices of municipal obligations held by the Trust may be greater.

Trading in Municipal Security Index Futures may be less liquid than trading in other Futures. The trading of Futures and options is also subject to certain market risks, such as inadequate trading activity or limits on upward or downward price movements which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions.

Regulatory Aspects of Futures and Options

The Trust will, due to requirements under the 1940 Act, deposit in a segregated account Oregon Obligations maturing in one year or less or cash, in an amount equal to the fluctuating market value of long Futures or options it has purchased, less any margin deposited on long positions.

The “sale” of a Future means the acquisition by the Trust of an obligation to deliver an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the value of the  index or government security at the


22

 
 

 


close of the last trading day of the Future and the price at which the Future is originally struck (which the Trust anticipates will be lower because of a subsequent rise in interest rates and a corresponding decline in the index value). This is referred to as having a “short” Futures position. The “purchase” of a Future means the acquisition by the Trust of a right to take delivery of such an amount of cash. In this case, the Trust anticipates that the closing value will be higher than the price at which the Future is originally struck. This is referred to as having a “long” futures position. No physical delivery of the bonds making up the index or the U.S. government securities, as the case may be, is made as to either a long or a short futures position.

Percentage Limitations

The Trust’s compliance with its investment limitations and requirements is determined at the time of investment unless otherwise stated herein or in the Trust’s policies and procedures.  If a percentage limitation is complied with at the time of an investment, any subsequent change in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets, or a change in credit quality, will not constitute a violation of that limitation.

Trust Policies

Investment Restrictions

The Trust has a number of policies concerning what it can and cannot do. Those that are called fundamental policies cannot be changed unless the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust’s outstanding shares vote to change them. Under the 1940 Act, the vote of the holders of a “majority” of the Trust’s outstanding shares means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the dollar value of the Trust’s shares present at a meeting or represented by proxy if the holders of more than 50% of the dollar value of its shares are so present or represented; or (b) more than 50% of the dollar value of the Trust’s outstanding shares. Those fundamental policies not set forth in the Prospectus are set forth below:

1. The Trust invests only in certain limited securities.

The Trust cannot buy any securities other than Oregon Obligations (discussed under “Investment of the Trust’s Assets” in the Prospectus and in “Investment Strategies and Risks” in the SAI), Municipal Security Index Futures, U.S. Government Securities Futures and options on such Futures; therefore the Trust cannot buy any voting securities, any commodities or commodity contracts other than Municipal Security Index Futures and U.S. Government Securities Futures, any mineral related programs or leases, any shares of other investment companies or any warrants, puts, calls or combinations thereof other than on Futures.

The Trust cannot purchase or hold the securities of any issuer if, to its knowledge, Trustees, Directors or officers of the Trust, its Adviser or Sub-Adviser who individually own beneficially more than 0.5% of the securities of that issuer, together own in the aggregate more than 5% of such securities.

The Trust cannot buy real estate or any non-liquid interests in real estate investment trusts; however, it can buy any securities which it can otherwise buy even though the issuer invests in real estate or has interests in real estate.

2. The Trust does not buy for control.

The Trust cannot invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of other companies.

3. The Trust does not sell securities it does not own or borrow from brokers to buy securities.

Thus, it cannot sell short or buy on margin; however, the Trust can make margin deposits in connection with the purchase or sale of Municipal Security Index Futures, U.S. Government Securities Futures and options on them, and can pay premiums on these options.


23

 
 

 



4. The Trust is not an underwriter.

The Trust cannot engage in the underwriting of securities, that is, the selling of securities for others. Also, it cannot invest in restricted securities. Restricted securities are securities which cannot freely be sold for legal reasons.

5. The Trust has industry investment requirements.

The Trust cannot buy the obligations of issuers in any one industry if more than 25% of its total assets would then be invested in securities of issuers of that industry; the Trust will consider that a non-governmental user of facilities financed by industrial development bonds is an issuer in an industry.

6. The Trust cannot make loans.

The Trust can buy those Oregon Obligations which it is permitted to buy; this is investing, not making a loan. The Trust cannot lend its portfolio securities.

7. The Trust can borrow only in limited amounts for special purposes.

The Trust can borrow from banks for temporary or emergency purposes but only up to 10% of its total assets. It can mortgage or pledge its assets only in connection with such borrowing and only up to the lesser of the amounts borrowed or 5% of the value of its total assets. However, this shall not prohibit margin arrangements in connection with the purchase or sale of Municipal Security Index Futures, U.S. Government Securities Futures or options on them, or the payment of premiums on those options. Interest on borrowings would reduce the Trust’s income.

Except in connection with borrowings, the Trust will not issue senior securities.

The Trust will not purchase any Oregon Obligations, Futures or options on Futures while it has any outstanding borrowings which exceed 5% of the value of its total assets.

8. The Trust’s investment in obligations subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax is limited.

As a fundamental policy, at least 80% of the Trust’s net assets will be invested in Oregon Obligations the income paid upon which will not be subject to the alternative minimum tax; accordingly, the Trust can invest up to 20% of its net assets in obligations that are subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax.


Management of the Trust

The Board of Trustees

The business and affairs of the Trust are managed under the direction and control of its Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees has authority over every aspect of the Trust’s operations, including approval of the advisory and any sub-advisory agreements and their annual renewal, contracts with all other service providers and payments under the Trust’s Distribution Plan and Shareholder Services Plan.

The Trust has an Audit Committee, consisting of all of the Trustees who are “independent” and are not “interested persons” of the Trust. The Committee determines what independent registered public accounting firm will be selected by the Board of Trustees, reviews the methods, scope and result of audits and the fees charged, and reviews the adequacy of the Trust’s internal accounting procedures and controls.  The Audit Committee held four meetings during the last fiscal year.


24

 
 

 

The Trust has a Nominating Committee, consisting of all of the non-interested Trustees.  The committee has a working group consisting of James A. Gardner, Ralph R. Shaw and Nancy Wilgenbusch.  The working group held one meeting during the last fiscal year. The committee will consider nominees recommended by the shareholders who may send recommendations to the Trust at its principal address for the attention of the Chair of the Nominating Committee.

The Board seeks continuously to be alert to potential risks regarding the Trust’s business and operations as an integral part of its responsibility for oversight of the Trust.

The Trust faces a number of risks, such as investment risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, reputational risk, risk of operational failure or lack of business continuity, and legal, compliance and regulatory risk. The goal of risk management is to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Trust. Under the overall oversight of the Board, the Trust, or the Manager, the Sub-Adviser or other service providers to the Trust, employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls in an effort to identify, address and mitigate risks.

The Board has a Chair who is an Independent Trustee. The Board and its Chair address risk management as a regular part of their oversight responsibilities through contact with the Chief Compliance Officer and other key management personnel, and through policies and procedures in place for regulation of the Trust’s activities and conduct.

In addition, a Risk Identification Group, consisting of the Chief Compliance Officer, President, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of the Trust, as well as the Co-Presidents of the Distributor, meets and reports to the Board as to significant risks and compliance matters. Issues raised are considered by the Board as it deems appropriate.  Service providers to the Trust, such as the Trust’s independent accountants, also make periodic reports to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management.

The Chair also participates in discussions with the Chairs of other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds, to facilitate sharing of information. These discussions can include risk and compliance matters as appropriate which the Chair can refer to the Board for appropriate action, including reports by others.

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Trust can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Trust’s goals, that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness, and that some risks are simply beyond the control of the Trust, the Manager, the Sub-Adviser or other service providers. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate because it serves to facilitate the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Trustees from management, including the Manager and the Sub-Adviser, and otherwise enhance the Board's oversight role.  The Board has also determined that its leadership structure is appropriate given the circumstances that the Trust invests in Oregon Obligations and the Board uses the local knowledge of its Trustees as well as their business experience.

Trustees and Officers

The following material includes information about each Trustee, officer and Trustee Emeritus of the Trust. All shares of the Trust listed as owned by the Trustees are Class A Shares unless indicated otherwise.


25

 
 

 


 
 
 
 
Name, Address(1)
and Date of Birth
 
Positions Held with Trust and
Length of Service(2)
 
 
 
 
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee
 
 
 
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years
 
Interested Trustee(3)
 
       
Diana P. Herrmann
New York, NY
(02/25/58)
 
Vice Chair of the Board
of Trustees since 2003,
President since 1998
and Trustee since 1994
 
Vice Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Aquila Management Corporation, Founder of the Aquila Group of Funds(4) and parent of Aquila Investment Management LLC, Manager since 2004, President since 1997, Chief Operating Officer, 1997-2008, a Director since 1984, Secretary since 1986 and previously its Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, 1986-1997; Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chair since 2004, President and Manager  since 2003, and Chief Operating Officer (2003-2008), of the Manager; Chair, Vice Chair, President, Executive Vice President and/or Senior Vice President of funds in the Aquila Group of Funds since 1986; Director of the Distributor since 1997; Governor, Investment Company Institute (the trade organization for the U.S. mutual fund industry dedicated to protecting shareholder interests and educating the public about investing) for various periods since 2004, and head of its Small Funds Committee, 2004-2009; active in charitable and volunteer organizations.
12
ICI Mutual Insurance Company, a Risk Retention Group (2006-2009 and since 2010)


26

 
 

 


 
 
 
 
Name, Address(1)
and Date of Birth
 
Positions Held with Trust and
Length of Service(2)
 
 
 
 
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee
 
 
 
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years
 
Non-interested
Trustees
 
       
James A. Gardner
Terrebonne, OR
(07/22/43)
Chair of the Board of Trustees
since 2005 and Trustee since1986
 
President, Gardner Associates, an investment and real estate firm, since 1989; Owner and Developer of Vandevert Ranch, Sunriver, Oregon since 1989; Founding Partner, Chairman Emeritus and previously Chairman (1991-2010), Ranch at the Canyons, Terrebonne, Oregon; President Emeritus and previously President (1981-1989), Lewis and Clark College and Law School; director, Oregon High Desert Museum, 1989-2003; active in civic, business and educational organizations in Oregon; writer on Native American and settlement history of Oregon.
 
1
None
Gary C. Cornia
Orem, UT
(06/24/48)
 
Trustee since 2002
 
Dean, Marriott School of Management, Brigham Young University, since 2008; Director, Romney Institute of Public Management, Marriott School of Management, 2004-2008; Professor, Marriott School of Management, 1980-present; Past President, National Tax Association; Fellow, Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, 2002-present; Associate Dean, Marriott School of Management, Brigham Young University, 1991-2000; member, Utah Governor's Tax Review Committee, 1993-2009.
 
5
Utah Foundation, Salt Lake City, UT; formerly director, Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, Cambridge, MA


27

 
 

 


 
 
 
 
Name, Address(1) and Date of Birth
 
Positions Held with Trust and
Length of Service(2)
 
 
 
 
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee
 
 
 
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years
 
Edmund P. Jensen
Portland, OR
(04/13/37)
 
Trustee since 2003
 
President and CEO, VISA International, 1994-1999; Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, US Bancorp, 1974-1994.
 
 
1
 
Five Cubits, Inc. (formerly BMG Seltec), a software company; Lewis and Clark College, Portland, OR
John W. Mitchell
Lake Oswego, OR
(07/13/44)
 
Trustee since 1999
 
Principal of M & H Economic Consultants; Economist, Western Region, for U.S. Bancorp 1998-2007; Chief Economist, U.S. Bancorp, Portland, Oregon, 1983-1998; member, Oregon Governor's Council of Economic Advisors, 1984-1998; Chairman, Oregon Governor's Technical Advisory Committee for Tax Review in 1998.
 
1
Oregon Mutual Insurance; Western Capital Corporation
Ralph R. Shaw
Portland, OR
(08/23/38)
 
Trustee since 2000
 
President, Shaw Management Company, an investment counseling firm, 1980-present; General Partner, Shaw Venture Partners, 1983-2005; Shaw Venture Partners II, 1987-2005; and Shaw Venture Partners III, 1994-2005.
 
1
Schnitzer Steel Industries, Inc., Telestream, Inc., Five Cubits, Inc. (formerly BMG Seltec), a software company, Rentrak Corporation, One-to-One Interactive, Optimum Energy Co.
 
Nancy Wilgenbusch
Marylhurst, OR
(09/17/47)
 
Trustee since 2002
 
President Emerita since 2008 and President 1984-2008, Marylhurst University; member, former Chair, Portland Branch of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco; active board member of a number of civic organizations.
 
1
West Coast Bank; Cascade Corporation, a leading international manufacturer of lift truck attachments
    The specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that these persons should serve as Trustees of the Trust at this time in light of the Trust’s business and structure, in addition to those listed above, were as follows.  in addition to those listed above, were as follows.

Diana P. Herrmann:
25 years of experience in mutual fund management.
 
James A. Gardner:
Experienced mutual fund Trustee; wide background in public affairs.
 
Gary C. Cornia:
Experienced educator in business and finance.
 


28

 
 

 


Edmund P. Jensen:
Experienced in banking and finance matters.
 
John W. Mitchell:
Experienced economist, extensive knowledge of Oregon economy.
 
Ralph R. Shaw:
Prominent local businessman with extensive knowledge of local and national capital markets.
 
Nancy Wilgenbusch:
Experienced educator; member and former Chair of Portland branch of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.
 
    References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

 
 
 
 
Name, Address(1)  
and Date of Birth
 
Positions Held with Trust and Length of Service(2)
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
 
Trustees
Emeritus(6)
 
   
Lacy B. Herrmann
New York, NY
(05/12/29)
Founder and Chairman
Emeritus since 2005;
Chairman of the Board
of Trustees 1985-2004
and Trustee, 1985-2005
 
Founder and Chairman of the Board, Aquila Management Corporation, the sponsoring organization and parent of the Manager or Administrator and/or Adviser to each fund of the Aquila Group of Funds; Chairman of the Manager or Administrator and/or Adviser to each since 2004; Founder and Chairman Emeritus of each fund in the Aquila Group of Funds; previously Chairman and a Trustee of each fund in the Aquila Group of Funds since its establishment until 2004 or 2005; Director of the Distributor since 1981 and formerly Vice President or Secretary, 1981-1998; Director or trustee, Premier VIT, 1994-2009; Director or trustee of Oppenheimer Quest Value Funds Group, Oppenheimer Small Cap Value Fund, Oppenheimer Midcap Fund, 1987-2009, and Oppenheimer Rochester Group of Funds, 1995-2009; Trustee Emeritus, Brown University and the Hopkins School; active in university, school and charitable organizations.
 
Vernon R. Alden
Boston, MA
(04/07/23)
 
Trustee Emeritus
since 2006
 
Retired; former director or trustee of various Fortune 500 companies, including Colgate-Palmolive and McGraw Hill; formerly President of Ohio University and Associate Dean of the Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration; Trustee, Narragansett Insured Tax-Free Income Fund, 1992-2006, Tax-Free Trust of Oregon, 1988-2001 and Hawaiian Tax-Free Trust, Pacific Capital Cash Assets Trust, Pacific Capital Tax-Free Cash Assets Trust and Pacific Capital U.S. Government Securities Cash Assets Trust, 1989-2001; Trustee Emeritus, Narragansett Insured Tax-Free Income Fund since 2006; member of several Japan-related advisory councils, including Chairman of the Japan Society of Boston;  trustee of various cultural, educational and civic organizations.
 


29

 
 

 


 
 
 
 
Name, Address(1)  
and Date of Birth
 
Positions Held with Trust and Length of Service(2)
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
 
David B. Frohnmayer
Eugene, OR
(07/09/40)
 
 
Trustee Emeritus
since 2003
 
 
President Emeritus and formerly President (1994-2009), University of Oregon; former Dean of the University of Oregon Law School and former Attorney General of the State of Oregon; Trustee, Tax-Free Trust of Oregon, 1997-2003.
Patricia L. Moss
Bend, OR
(07/23/53)
 
Trustee Emerita since 2005
 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Cascade Bancorp and Bank of the Cascades since 1998; Director, Cascade Bancorp; Director, MDU Resources; Trustee, Tax-Free Trust of Oregon, 2002-2005; active in community and educational organizations.
 
Officers
 
   
Charles E.
Childs, III
New York, NY
(04/01/57)
 
Executive Vice President
since 2003 and Secretary
since 2011
Executive Vice President of all funds in the Aquila Group of Funds and the Manager and the Manager’s parent since 2003; Chief Operating Officer of the Manager and the Manager’s parent since 2008; Secretary of all funds in the Aquila Group of Funds since 2011; formerly Senior Vice President, corporate development, Vice President, Assistant Vice President and Associate of the Manager’s parent since 1987; Senior Vice President, Vice President or Assistant Vice President of the Aquila Money-Market Funds, 1988-2003.
 
Marie E. Aro
Denver, CO
(02/10/55)
Senior Vice President
since 2010
 
Co-President of the Distributor since 2010, Vice President, 1993-1997; Senior Vice President, Aquila Three Peaks Opportunity Growth Fund since 2004; Senior Vice President, Tax-Free Trust of Arizona since 2010 and Vice President, 2004-2010; Senior Vice President, Aquila Three Peaks High Income Fund since 2006; Senior Vice President, Hawaiian Tax-Free Trust, Tax-Free Fund For Utah, Tax-Free Fund of Colorado, Tax-Free Trust of Oregon, Churchill Tax-Free Fund of Kentucky and Narragansett Insured Tax-Free Income Fund since 2010; Vice President, INVESCO Funds Group, 1998-2003.
 
Paul G. O’Brien
Charlotte, NC
(11/28/59)
Senior Vice President
since 2010
 
Co-President, Aquila Distributors, Inc. since 2010, Managing Director, 2009-2010; Senior Vice President of Aquila Three Peaks Opportunity Growth Fund, Aquila Three Peaks High Income Fund, and each of the Aquila Municipal Bond Funds since 2010; held various positions to Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Evergreen Investments Services, Inc., 1997-2008; Mergers and Acquisitions Coordinator for Wachovia Corporation, 1994-1997.
 
Christine L. Neimeth
Portland, OR
(02/10/64)
 
Vice President since
1998
Vice President of Aquila Three Peaks Opportunity Growth Fund and Tax-Free Trust of Oregon.
 


30

 
 

 


 
 
 
 
Name, Address(1)  
and Date of Birth
 
Positions Held with Trust and Length of Service(2)
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
 
Robert S. Driessen
New York, NY
(10/12/47)
 
 
Chief Compliance Officer since 2009
 
 
Chief Compliance Officer of each fund in the Aquila Group of Funds, the Manager and the Distributor since 2009; Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, Curian Capital, LLC, 2004-2008; Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd., 1999- 2004; Vice President, Risk Liaison, Corporate Compliance, Bank of America, 1996-1999; Vice President, Securities Compliance, Prudential Insurance Company of America, 1993-1996; various positions to Branch Chief, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 1972-1993.
 
Joseph P. DiMaggio
New York, NY
(11/06/56)
 
Chief Financial Officer
since 2003 and Treasurer
since 2000
 
Chief Financial Officer of each fund in the Aquila Group of Funds since 2003 and Treasurer since 2000.
 
Yolonda S. Reynolds
New York, NY
(04/23/60)
 
Assistant Treasurer since 2010
Director of Fund Accounting for the Aquila Group of Funds since 2007; Investment Accountant, TIAA-CREF, 2007; Senior Fund Accountant, JP Morgan Chase, 2003-2006.
Lori A. Vindigni
New York, NY
(11/02/66)
 
Assistant Treasurer since 2000
 
Assistant Treasurer of each fund in the Aquila Group of Funds since 2000; Assistant Vice President of the Manager or its predecessor and current parent since 1998; Fund Accountant for the Aquila Group of Funds, 1995-1998.

(1) The mailing address of each Trustee and officer is c/o Tax-Free Trust of Oregon, 380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300, New York, NY 10017.

(2) Each Trustee holds office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until his or her successor is elected and qualifies. The term of office of each officer is one year.

(3) Ms. Herrmann is an interested person of the Trust as an officer of the Trust, as a director, officer and shareholder of the Manager’s corporate parent, as an officer and Manager of the Manager, and as a shareholder and director of the Distributor. Ms. Herrmann is the daughter of Lacy B. Herrmann, the Founder and Chairman Emeritus of the Trust.

(4) The “Aquila Group of Funds” includes: Tax-Free Trust of Arizona, Tax-Free Fund of Colorado, Hawaiian Tax-Free Trust, Churchill Tax-Free Fund of Kentucky, Tax-Free Trust of Oregon, Narragansett Insured Tax-Free Income Fund (Rhode Island) and Tax-Free Fund For Utah, each of which is a tax-free municipal bond fund and are called the “Aquila Municipal Bond Funds”; Aquila Three Peaks Opportunity Growth Fund, which is an equity fund; and Aquila Three Peaks High Income Fund, which is a high-income corporate bond fund.

(5) A Trustee Emeritus may attend Board meetings but has no voting power.


31

 
 

 


Securities Holdings of the Trustees
(as of 12/31/11)

   
 
 
Name of
Trustee
 
Dollar Range of
Ownership in Tax-Free
Trust of Oregon(1)
Aggregate Dollar Range of Ownership
 in funds in the Aquila Group of Funds
Overseen by Trustee(1)
Interested Trustee
 
   
     
Diana P. Herrmann
C
E
     
Non-interested Trustees
   
     
James A. Gardner
E
E
     
Gary C. Cornia
D
E
     
Edmund P. Jensen
C
C
     
John W. Mitchell
E
E
     
Ralph R. Shaw
C
 C
     
Nancy Wilgenbusch
C
C
      
(1)              A. None
B. $1-$10,000
C. $10,001-$50,000
D. $50,001-$100,000
E. Over $100,000

None of the non-interested Trustees or their immediate family members holds of record or beneficially any securities of the Manager, the Sub-Adviser or the Distributor.

Trustee Compensation

The Trust does not currently pay fees to any of the Trust’s officers or to Trustees affiliated with the Manager or the Sub-Adviser. For its fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the Trust paid a total of $262,076 in compensation and reimbursement of expenses to the Trustees. No other compensation or remuneration of any type, direct or contingent, was paid by the Trust to its Trustees.

The Trust is one of the funds in the Aquila Group of Funds, which, as of the date of this SAI, consist of seven tax-free municipal bond funds, a high-income corporate bond fund and an equity fund. The following table lists the compensation of all non-interested Trustees who received compensation from the Trust and the compensation they received during the Trust’s fiscal year from other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds. None of such Trustees has any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust or any of the other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds.


32

 
 

 


Name
Compensation from the Trust
Compensation from all funds
in the Aquila Group of Funds
Number of boards on which
the Trustee now serves
 
James A. Gardner
 
$47,750
 
$52,250
 
1
Gary C. Cornia
$27,400
$82,500
5
Edmund P. Jensen
$28,500
$28,500
1
John W. Mitchell
$29,000
$29,000
1
Ralph R. Shaw
$37,092
$37,917
1
Nancy Wilgenbusch
$28,500
$28,500
1

Class A Shares may be purchased without a sales charge by the Trust’s Trustees and officers.  (See “Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Purchases of Class A Shares,” below.)
 

Ownership of Securities

On January 3, 2012, the following persons held 5% or more of any class of the Trust’s outstanding shares. On the basis of information received from these institutional holders, the Trust’s management believes that all of the shares indicated are held by them for the benefit of clients.


Name and address of the holder of record
Number of shares
Percent of class
     
Institutional 5% shareholders
   
     
Charles Schwab and Company
FBO Customers
101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA
1,188,163 Class Y Shares
17.76%
     
Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith
for the sole benefit of its customers
4800 Deer Lake Dr. East
Jacksonville, FL
376,155 Class Y Shares
5.62%
     
Additional 5% shareholders
   

The Trust’s management is not aware of any other person beneficially owning more than 5% of any class of its outstanding shares as of such date.

Management Ownership

As of the date of this SAI, all of the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of its outstanding shares.


33

 
 

 


Investment Advisory and Other Services

Additional Information about the Manager, the Sub-Adviser, and the Distributor

Management Fees

During the fiscal years listed, the Trust incurred management fees (investment advisory fees) as follows:

2011                      $1,909,607(1)

2010                      $1,973,984

2009                      $1,676,410

(1) $9,956 was waived.

The management fees are treated as Trust expenses and, as such, are allocated to each class of shares based on the relative net assets of that class.

Aquila Distributors, Inc. 380 Madison Avenue, Suite 2300, New York, NY 10017 is the Trust’s Distributor. The Distributor currently handles the distribution of the shares of the funds in the Aquila Group of Funds, including the Trust. Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor is responsible for the payment of certain printing and distribution costs relating to prospectuses and reports as well as the costs of supplemental sales literature, advertising and other promotional activities.

The shares of the Distributor are owned 24% by Diana P. Herrmann, 74% by Mr. Herrmann and other members of his immediate family, and the balance by Aquila Management Corporation.

The Advisory and Administration Agreement

The Advisory and Administration Agreement provides that, subject to the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Manager shall:

 
  (i) supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its portfolio;

 
 (ii) determine what securities shall be purchased or sold by the Trust;

 
(iii) arrange for the purchase and the sale of securities held in the portfolio of the Trust; and

 
(iv) at its expense provide for pricing of the Trust’s portfolio daily using a pricing service or other source of pricing information satisfactory to the Trust and, unless otherwise directed by the Board of Trustees, provide for pricing of the Trust’s portfolio at least quarterly using another such source satisfactory to the Trust.

The Advisory and Administration Agreement provides that, subject to the termination provisions described below, the Manager may at its own expense delegate to a qualified organization (“Sub-Adviser”), affiliated or not affiliated with the Manager, any or all of the above duties. Any such delegation of the duties set forth in (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be by a written agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) approved as provided in Section 15 of the 1940 Act. The Manager has delegated all of such functions to the Sub-Adviser in the Sub-Advisory Agreement.


34

 
 

 


The Advisory and Administration Agreement also provides that, subject to the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Manager shall provide all administrative services to the Trust other than those relating to its investment portfolio which have been delegated to a Sub-Adviser of the Trust under the Sub-Advisory Agreement; as part of such administrative duties, the Manager shall:

 
  (i) provide office space, personnel, facilities and equipment for the performance of the following functions and for the maintenance of the headquarters of the Trust;

 
 (ii) oversee all relationships between the Trust and any sub-adviser, transfer agent, custodian, legal counsel, auditors and principal underwriter, including the negotiation of agreements in relation thereto, the supervision and coordination of the performance of such agreements, and the overseeing of all administrative matters which are necessary or desirable for the effective operation of the Trust and for the sale, servicing or redemption of the Trust’s shares;

 
(iii) either keep the accounting records of the Trust, including the computation of net asset value per share and the dividends (provided that if there is a Sub-Adviser, daily pricing of the Trust’s portfolio shall be the responsibility of the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement) or, at its expense and responsibility, delegate such duties in whole or in part to a company satisfactory to the Trust;

 
(iv) maintain the Trust’s books and records, and prepare (or assist counsel and auditors in the preparation of) all required proxy statements, reports to the Trust’s shareholders and Trustees, reports to and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other governmental agencies, and tax returns, and oversee the insurance relationships of the Trust;

 
 (v) prepare, on behalf of the Trust and at the Trust’s expense, such applications and reports as may be necessary to register or maintain the registration of the Trust and/or its shares under the securities or “Blue-Sky” laws of all such jurisdictions as may be required from time to time; and

 
(vi) respond to any inquiries or other communications of shareholders of the Trust and broker/dealers, or if any such inquiry or communication is more properly to be responded to by the Trust’s shareholder servicing and transfer agent or distributor, oversee such shareholder servicing and transfer agent’s or distributor’s response thereto.

The Advisory and Administration Agreement contains provisions relating to compliance of the investment program, responsibility of the Manager for any investment program managed by it, allocation of brokerage, and responsibility for errors that are substantially the same as the corresponding provisions in the Sub-Advisory Agreement.

The Advisory and Administration Agreement provides that the Manager shall, at its own expense, pay all compensation of Trustees, officers, and employees of the Trust who are affiliated persons of the Manager.

The Trust bears the costs of preparing and setting in type its prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports to its shareholders, and the costs of printing or otherwise producing and distributing those copies of such prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports as are sent to its shareholders. All costs and expenses not expressly assumed by the Manager under the agreement or otherwise by the Manager, administrator or principal underwriter or by any sub-adviser shall be paid by the Trust, including, but not limited to (i) interest and taxes; (ii) brokerage commissions; (iii) insurance premiums; (iv) compensation and expenses of its Trustees other than those affiliated with the Manager or such sub-adviser, administrator or principal underwriter except for certain expenses of those who are officers of the Trust; (v) legal and audit expenses; (vi) custodian and transfer agent, or shareholder servicing agent, fees and expenses; (vii) expenses incident to the issuance of its shares (including issuance on the payment of, or reinvestment of, dividends); (viii) fees and expenses incident to the registration under Federal or State securities laws of the Trust or its shares; (ix) expenses of preparing, printing and


35

 
 

 


mailing reports and notices and proxy material to shareholders of the Trust; (x) all other expenses incidental to holding meetings of the Trust’s shareholders; and (xi) such non-recurring expenses as may arise, including litigation affecting the Trust and the legal obligations for which the Trust may have to indemnify its officers and Trustees.

The Advisory and Administration Agreement provides that it may be terminated by the Manager at any time without penalty upon giving the Trust sixty days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust) and may be terminated by the Trust at any time without penalty upon giving the Manager sixty days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Manager), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by a vote of a majority of its Trustees in office at the time or by a vote of the holders of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the voting securities of the Trust outstanding and entitled to vote. The specific portions of the Advisory and Administration Agreement which relate to providing investment advisory services will automatically terminate in the event of the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisory and Administration Agreement, but all other provisions relating to providing services other than investment advisory services will not terminate, provided however, that upon such an assignment the annual fee payable monthly and computed on the net asset value of the Trust as of the close of business each business day shall be reduced to the annual rate of 0.26 of 1% from current fees of 0.40 of 1% of such net asset value.

For its services, the Manager is entitled to receive a fee which is payable monthly and computed as of the close of business each day at the annual rate of 0.40 of 1% of net assets of the Trust. For the period from January 1, 2012 through January 31, 2013, the Manager determined to waive its fees to the extent necessary so that the annual rate was equivalent to 0.40 of 1% of net assets of the Trust up to $400,000,000; 0.38 of 1% of net assets above $400,000,000 up to $1,000,000,000; and 0.36 of 1% of net assets above $1,000,000,000.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement

The services of the Sub-Adviser are rendered under the Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Manager and the Sub-Adviser, which provides, subject to the control of the Board of Trustees, for investment supervision and at the Sub-Adviser’s expense for pricing of the Trust’s portfolio daily using a pricing service or other source of pricing information satisfactory to the Trust and, unless otherwise directed by the Board of Trustees, for pricing of the Trust’s portfolio at least quarterly using another such source satisfactory to the Trust.

Unless terminated as therein provided, the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (1) by a vote of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, including a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, or (2) by a vote of the holders of a “majority” (as so defined) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and by such a vote of the Trustees. The Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser at any time without penalty upon giving the Manager and the Trust sixty days’ written notice (which notice may be waived). It may be terminated by the Manager or the Trust at any time without penalty upon giving the Sub-Adviser sixty days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by a vote of a majority of its Trustees in office at the time or by a vote of the holders of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the dollar value of the voting securities of the Trust outstanding and entitled to vote. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or the termination of the Advisory and Administration Agreement.

The following is a summary of the other material terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement:

In the agreement, the Manager appoints the Sub-Adviser to render, to the Manager and to the Trust, investment research and advisory services under the supervision of the Manager and subject to the approval and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.  The Sub-Adviser is to act as managerial investment adviser to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust's assets, and supervise and arrange the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the portfolio of the Trust.


36

 
 

 



The Sub-Adviser agrees, subject to the other provisions of the agreement and to the direction and control of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, to:

 
(i)
supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its portfolio;

 
(ii)
determine what securities shall be purchased or sold by the Trust;

 
(iii)
arrange for the purchase and the sale of securities held in the portfolio of the Trust;

 
(iv)
at its expense provide for pricing of the Trust's portfolio daily using a pricing service or other source of pricing information satisfactory to the Trust and, unless otherwise directed by the Board of Trustees, provide for pricing of the Trust's portfolio at least monthly using another such source satisfactory to the Trust; and

 
(v)
consult with the Manager in connection with its duties under the agreement.

It is agreed that any investment program furnished by the Sub-Adviser shall conform to, and be in accordance with, any requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the ”Act”) and any rules or regulations thereunder, any other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the Declaration of Trust and By-laws of the Trust as amended from time to time, any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and the fundamental policies of the Trust.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, subject to the restriction stated below, nothing in it shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person (as defined in the Act) of the Sub-Adviser from acting as investment adviser or manager for any other person, firm or corporation and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any such affiliated person from buying, selling or trading any securities for its own or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser expressly represents that, while acting as Sub-Adviser, it will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Trust under the Sub-Advisory Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is prohibited from managing any other registered Oregon bond fund without the Manager’s consent.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement contains provisions regarding brokerage described below under “Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.”

The Sub-Adviser agrees to maintain, and to preserve for the periods prescribed, such books and records with respect to the portfolio transactions of the Trust as are required by the Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) or by applicable law and regulation, and agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust on behalf of the Manager shall be the property of the Trust.

The Sub-Adviser agrees to maintain a compliance program reasonably designed to prevent violations by the Sub-Adviser of the Federal Securities Laws as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Act (the “Federal Securities Laws”), and to maintain written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent violation by the Trust of the Federal Securities Laws, solely in connection with the Sub-Adviser carrying out its duties to the Trust. There are related provisions concerning cooperation with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer and describing certain reporting and certification requirements.
 
It is agreed that the Sub-Adviser shall have no responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Trust's Registration Statement under the Act and the Securities Act of 1933, except for information supplied by the Sub-Adviser for inclusion therein.


37

 
 

 



Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any error in judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust or its security holders in connection with the matters to which the agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the agreement.  But nothing in the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall, or shall be construed to, waive or limit any rights which the Trust may have under federal and state securities laws which may impose liability under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith.

To the extent that the Manager is indemnified under the Trust's Declaration of Trust with respect to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser, the Manager agrees to provide the Sub-Adviser the benefits of such indemnification.

The Sub-Adviser bears all of the expenses it incurs in fulfilling its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreement. It also pays all compensation of the Trust's officers, employees, and Trustees, if any, who are affiliated persons of the Sub-Adviser.

For its services, the Sub-Adviser is entitled to receive a fee from the Manager which is payable monthly and computed on the net asset value of the Trust as of the close of business each business day at the annual rates of 0.18 of 1% of such net asset value on net assets of the Trust up to $400,000,000; 0.16 of 1% of the Trust’s net assets above that amount to $1,000,000,000 and 0.14 of 1% of the Trust's net assets above $1,000,000,000.

Prior to December 31, 2010, sub-advisory services were provided by FAF Advisors, Inc., a subsidiary of U.S. Bank National Association.  FAF Advisors, Inc. was paid a fee at the annual rate of 0.18 of 1% of the Trust’s net assets.

Additional Information About the Portfolio Manager

The Trust’s portfolio manager is Mr. Christopher B. Johns. He manages the Trust and Tax-Free Fund of Colorado.  Mr. Johns manages no other investment companies and no other pooled investment vehicles. He manages one other account with assets totaling approximately $120 million, which does not pay him performance-based compensation or invest in municipal securities. There are accordingly no conflicts of interest between the Trust and other accounts. His compensation is a fixed salary plus bonus, which is calculated on a fixed percentage of annual fee revenue received by the Sub-Adviser. He receives no compensation from the Trust or the Trust’s investment adviser.  Mr. Johns does not own any securities of the Trust.

Underwriting Commissions

During the fiscal years listed, the aggregate dollar amount of sales charges on sales of Class A shares of the Trust and the amount retained by the Distributor, respectively, were as follows:

 
Sales Charges
 
Retained by Distributor
2011
$   778,370
$  136,903
     
2010
$1,125,680
$  206,772
     
2009
 
$   981,191
$  177,649
In connection with sales of Class A Shares, the Distributor pays a portion of the sales charge on such shares to dealers in the form of discounts and to brokers in the form of agency commissions (together, “Commissions”), in amounts that vary with the size of the sales charge as follows:

38
 
 
 
 

 
 
Amount of Purchase Plus Value of All Other Shares Held by a Single Purchaser
 
 
Sales Charge as Percentage of Public Offering Price
 
 
Commissions as Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $25,000
4.00%
3.00%
$25,000 but less than $50,000
3.75%
3.00%
$50,000 but less than $100,000
3.50%
2.75%
$100,000 but less than $250,000
3.25%
2.75%
$250,000 but less than $500,000
3.00%
2.50%
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000
2.50%
2.25%

Distribution Plan

The Trust’s Distribution Plan has four parts, relating respectively to distribution payments with respect to Class A Shares (Part I), to distribution payments relating to Class C Shares (Part II), to distribution payments relating to Class I Shares (Part III) and to certain defensive provisions (Part IV).

For purposes of Parts I, II and III, the Distributor will consider shares which are not Qualified Holdings of broker/dealers unaffiliated with the Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor to be Qualified Holdings of the Distributor and will authorize Permitted Payments to the Distributor with respect to such shares whenever Permitted Payments are being made under the Plan.

Provisions Relating to Class A Shares  (Part I)

Part I of the Plan applies only to the Front-Payment Class Shares (“Class A Shares”) of the Trust (regardless of whether such class is so designated or is redesignated by some other name).

As used in Part I of the Plan, “Qualified Recipients” shall mean broker/dealers or others selected by Aquila Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), including but not limited to any principal underwriter of the Trust, with which the Trust or the Distributor has entered into written agreements in connection with Part I (“Class A Plan Agreements”) and which have rendered assistance (whether direct, administrative, or both) in the distribution and/or retention of the Trust’s Front-Payment Class Shares or servicing of shareholder accounts with respect to such shares.  “Qualified Holdings” shall mean, as to any Qualified Recipient, all Front-Payment Class Shares beneficially owned by such Qualified Recipient, or beneficially owned by its brokerage customers, other customers, other contacts, investment advisory clients, or other clients, if the Qualified Recipient was, in the sole judgment of the Distributor, instrumental in the purchase and/or retention of such shares and/or in providing administrative assistance or other services in relation thereto.

Subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Trust may make payments (“Class A Permitted Payments”) to Qualified Recipients, which Class A Permitted Payments may be made directly, or through the Distributor or shareholder servicing agent as disbursing agent, which may not exceed, for any fiscal year of the Trust (as adjusted for any part or parts of a fiscal year during which payments under the Plan are not accruable or for any fiscal year which is not a full fiscal year), 0.15 of 1% of the average annual net assets of the Trust represented by the Front-Payment Class Shares.  Such payments shall be made only out of the Trust’s assets allocable to the Front-Payment Class Shares.

The Distributor shall have sole authority (i) as to the selection of any Qualified Recipient or Recipients; (ii) not to select any Qualified Recipient; and (iii) as to the amount of Class A Permitted Payments, if any, to each Qualified Recipient provided that the total Class A Permitted Payments to all Qualified Recipients do not exceed the amount set forth above.  The Distributor is authorized, but not directed, to take into account, in addition to any other factors deemed relevant by it, the following: (a) the amount of the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient; (b) the extent to which the Qualified Recipient has, at its expense, taken steps in the shareholder servicing area with


39

 
 

 


 respect to holders of Front-Payment Class Shares, including without limitation, any or all of the following activities: answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, and the manner in which purchases and redemptions of shares of the Trust may be effected; assisting shareholders in designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; providing necessary personnel and facilities to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; assisting in processing purchase and redemption transactions; arranging for the wiring of funds; transmitting and receiving funds in connection with customer orders to purchase or redeem shares; verifying and guaranteeing shareholder signatures in connection with redemption orders and transfers and changes in shareholder designated accounts; furnishing (either alone or together with other reports sent to a shareholder by such person) monthly and year-end statements and confirmations of purchases and redemptions; transmitting, on behalf of the Trust, proxy statements, annual reports, updating prospectuses and other communications from the Trust to its shareholders; receiving, tabulating and transmitting to the Trust proxies executed by shareholders with respect to meetings of shareholders of the Trust; and providing such other related services as the Distributor or a shareholder may request from time to time; and (c) the possibility that the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient would be redeemed in the absence of its selection or continuance as a Qualified Recipient.  Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below) may remove any person as a Qualified Recipient.  Amounts within the above limits accrued to a Qualified Recipient but not paid during a fiscal year may be paid thereafter; if less than the full amount is accrued to all Qualified Recipients, the difference will not be carried over to subsequent years.

While Part I is in effect, the Trust’s Distributor shall report at least quarterly to the Trust’s Trustees in writing for their review on the following matters:  (i) all Class A Permitted Payments made under the Plan, the identity of the Qualified Recipient of each payment, and the purposes for which the amounts were expended; and (ii) all fees of the Trust paid to the Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor or accrued during such quarter. In addition, if any such Qualified Recipient is an affiliated person, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust, Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor, such person shall agree to furnish to the Distributor for transmission to the Board of Trustees of the Trust an accounting, in form and detail satisfactory to the Board of Trustees, to enable the Board of Trustees to make the determinations of the fairness of the compensation paid to such affiliated person, not less often than annually.

Part I originally went into effect when it was approved (i) by a vote of the Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on Part I of the Plan; and (ii) by a vote of holders of at least a “majority” (as so defined) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Front-Payment Class Shares class (or of any predecessor class or category of shares, whether or not designated as a class) and a vote of holders of at least a “majority” (as so defined) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Level-Payment Class Shares and/or of any other class whose shares are convertible into Front-Payment Class Shares. Part I has continued, and will, unless terminated as hereinafter provided, continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trust’s Trustees and its Independent Trustees with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance.  Part I may be terminated at any time by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by the vote of the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust to which Part I applies.  Part I may not be amended to increase materially the amount of payments to be made without shareholder approval of the class or classes of shares affected by Part I as set forth in (ii) above, and all amendments must be approved in the manner set forth in (i) above.

In the case of a Qualified Recipient which is a principal underwriter of the Trust, the Class A Plan Agreement shall be the agreement contemplated by Section 15(b) of the 1940 Act since each such agreement must be approved in accordance with, and contain the provisions required by, the Rule. In the case of Qualified Recipients which are not principal underwriters of the Trust, the Class A Plan Agreements with them shall be (i) their agreements with the Distributor with respect to payments under the Trust’s Distribution Plan in effect prior to April 1, 1996 or (ii) Class A Plan Agreements entered into thereafter.


40

 
 

 

Provisions Relating to Class C Shares (Part II)

Part II of the Plan applies only to the Level-Payment Shares Class (“Class C Shares”) of the Trust (regardless of whether such class is so designated or is redesignated by some other name).

As used in Part II of the Plan, “Qualified Recipients” shall mean broker/dealers or others selected by the Distributor, including but not limited to any principal underwriter of the Trust, with which the Trust or the Distributor has entered into written agreements in connection with Part II (“Class C Plan Agreements”) and which have rendered assistance (whether direct, administrative, or both) in the distribution and/or retention of the Trust’s Level-Payment Class Shares or servicing of shareholder accounts with respect to such shares. “Qualified Holdings” shall mean, as to any Qualified Recipient, all Level-Payment Class Shares beneficially owned by such Qualified Recipient, or beneficially owned by its brokerage customers, other customers, other contacts, investment advisory clients, or other clients, if the Qualified Recipient was, in the sole judgment of the Distributor, instrumental in the purchase and/or retention of such shares and/or in providing administrative assistance or other services in relation thereto.

Subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Trust may make payments (“Class C Permitted Payments”) to Qualified Recipients, which Class C Permitted Payments may be made directly, or through the Distributor or shareholder servicing agent as disbursing agent, which may not exceed, for any fiscal year of the Trust (as adjusted for any part or parts of a fiscal year during which payments under the Plan are not accruable or for any fiscal year which is not a full fiscal year), 0.75 of 1% of the average annual net assets of the Trust represented by the Level-Payment Class Shares. Such payments shall be made only out of the Trust’s assets allocable to the Level-Payment Class Shares. The Distributor shall have sole authority (i) as to the selection of any Qualified Recipient or Recipients; (ii) not to select any Qualified Recipient; and (iii) as to the amount of Class C Permitted Payments, if any, to each Qualified Recipient provided that the total Class C Permitted Payments to all Qualified Recipients do not exceed the amount set forth above. The Distributor is authorized, but not directed, to take into account, in addition to any other factors deemed relevant by it, the following: (a) the amount of the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient; (b) the extent to which the Qualified Recipient has, at its expense, taken steps in the shareholder servicing area with respect to holders of Level- Payment Class Shares, including without limitation, any or all of the following activities: answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, and the manner in which purchases and redemptions of shares of the Trust may be effected; assisting shareholders in designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; providing necessary personnel and facilities to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; assisting in processing purchase and redemption transactions; arranging for the wiring of funds; transmitting and receiving funds in connection with customer orders to purchase or redeem shares; verifying and guaranteeing shareholder signatures in connection with redemption orders and transfers and changes in shareholder designated accounts; furnishing (either alone or together with other reports sent to a shareholder by such person) monthly and year-end statements and confirmations of purchases and redemptions; transmitting, on behalf of the Trust, proxy statements, annual reports, updating prospectuses and other communications from the Trust to its shareholders; receiving, tabulating and transmitting to the Trust proxies executed by shareholders with respect to meetings of shareholders of the Trust; and providing such other related services as the Distributor or a shareholder may request from time to time; and (c) the possibility that the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient would be redeemed in the absence of its selection or continuance as a Qualified Recipient.  Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below) may remove any person as a Qualified Recipient.  Amounts within the above limits accrued to a Qualified Recipient but not paid during a fiscal year may be paid thereafter; if less than the full amount is accrued to all Qualified Recipients, the difference will not be carried over to subsequent years.

While Part II is in effect, the Trust’s Distributor shall report at least quarterly to the Trust’s Trustees in writing for their review on the following matters:  (i) all Class C Permitted Payments made under the Plan, the identity of the Qualified Recipient of each payment, and the purposes for which the amounts were expended; and (ii) all fees of the Trust paid to the Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor or accrued during such quarter. In addition, if any such Qualified Recipient is an affiliated person, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust, Manager,


41

 
 

 


Sub-Adviser or Distributor such person shall agree to furnish to the Distributor for transmission to the Board of Trustees of the Trust an accounting, in form and detail satisfactory to the Board of Trustees, to enable the Board of Trustees to make the determinations of the fairness of the compensation paid to such affiliated person, not less often than annually.

Part II originally went into effect when it was approved (i) by a vote of the Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on Part II of the Plan; and (ii) by a vote of holders of at least a “majority” (as so defined) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Level-Payment Class Shares. Part II has continued, and will, unless terminated as therein provided, continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trust’s Trustees and its Independent Trustees with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance.  Part II may be terminated at any time by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by the vote of the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust to which Part II applies.  Part II may not be amended to increase materially the amount of payments to be made without shareholder approval of the class or classes of shares affected by Part II as set forth in (ii) above, and all amendments must be approved in the manner set forth in (i) above.

In the case of a Qualified Recipient which is a principal underwriter of the Trust, the Class C Plan Agreement shall be the agreement contemplated by Section 15(b) of the 1940 Act since each such agreement must be approved in accordance with, and contain the provisions required by, the Rule. In the case of Qualified Recipients which are not principal underwriters of the Trust, the Class C Plan Agreements with them shall be (i) their agreements with the Distributor with respect to payments under the Trust’s Distribution Plan in effect prior to April 1, 1996 or (ii) Class C Plan Agreements entered into thereafter.

Provisions Relating to Class I Shares (Part III)

Part III of the Plan applies only to the Financial Intermediary Class Shares (“Class I Shares”) of the Trust (regardless of whether such class is so designated or is redesignated by some other name).

As used in Part III of the Plan, “Qualified Recipients” shall mean broker/dealers or others selected by the Distributor, including but not limited to any principal underwriter of the Trust, with which the Trust or the Distributor has entered into written agreements in connection with Part III (“Class I Plan Agreements”) and which have rendered assistance (whether direct, administrative, or both) in the distribution and/or retention of the Trust’s Class I Shares or servicing of shareholder accounts with respect to such shares. “Qualified Holdings” shall mean, as to any Qualified Recipient, all Class I Shares beneficially owned by such Qualified Recipient, or beneficially owned by its brokerage customers, other customers, other contacts, investment advisory clients, or other clients, if the Qualified Recipient was, in the sole judgment of the Distributor, instrumental in the purchase and/or retention of such shares and/or in providing administrative assistance or other services in relation thereto.

Subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Trust may make payments (“Class I Permitted Payments”) to Qualified Recipients, which Class I Permitted Payments may be made directly, or through the Distributor or shareholder servicing agent as disbursing agent, which may not exceed, for any fiscal year of the Trust (as adjusted for any part or parts of a fiscal year during which payments under the Plan are not accruable or for any fiscal year which is not a full fiscal year), a rate fixed from time to time by the Board of Trustees, initially up to 0.15 of 1% of the average annual net assets of the Trust represented by the Class I Shares, but not more than 0.25 of 1% of such assets. Such payments shall be made only out of the Trust’s assets allocable to Class I Shares. The Distributor shall have sole authority (i) as to the selection of any Qualified Recipient or Recipients; (ii) not to select any Qualified Recipient; and (iii) as to the amount of Class I Permitted Payments, if any, to each Qualified Recipient provided that the total Class I Permitted Payments to all Qualified Recipients do not exceed the amount set forth above. The Distributor is authorized, but not directed, to take into account, in addition to any other factors deemed relevant by it, the following: (a) the amount of the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient; (b) the extent to which the Qualified Recipient has, at its expense, taken steps in the shareholder servicing area with respect to


42

 
 

 


holders of Class I Shares, including without limitation, any or all of the following activities: answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, and the manner in which purchases and redemptions of shares of the Trust may be effected; assisting shareholders in designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; providing necessary personnel and facilities to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; assisting in processing purchase and redemption transactions; arranging for the wiring of funds; transmitting and receiving funds in connection with customer orders to purchase or redeem shares; verifying and guaranteeing shareholder signatures in connection with redemption orders and transfers and changes in shareholder designated accounts; furnishing (either alone or together with other reports sent to a shareholder by such person) monthly and year-end statements and confirmations of purchases and redemptions; transmitting, on behalf of the Trust, proxy statements, annual reports, updating prospectuses and other communications from the Trust to its shareholders; receiving, tabulating and transmitting to the Trust proxies executed by shareholders with respect to meetings of shareholders of the Trust; and providing such other related services as the Distributor or a shareholder may request from time to time; and (c) the possibility that the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient would be redeemed in the absence of its selection or continuance as a Qualified Recipient. Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below) may remove any person as a Qualified Recipient. Amounts within the above limits accrued to a Qualified Recipient but not paid during a fiscal year may be paid thereafter; if less than the full amount is accrued to all Qualified Recipients, the difference will not be carried over to subsequent years.

While Part III is in effect, the Trust’s Distributor shall report at least quarterly to the Trust’s Trustees in writing for their review on the following matters: (i) all Class I Permitted Payments made under the Plan, the identity of the Qualified Recipient of each payment, and the purposes for which the amounts were expended; and (ii) all fees of the Trust paid to the Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor or accrued during such quarter. In addition, if any such Qualified Recipient is an affiliated person, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust, Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor such person shall agree to furnish to the Distributor for transmission to the Board of Trustees of the Trust an accounting, in form and detail satisfactory to the Board of Trustees, to enable the Board of Trustees to make the determinations of the fairness of the compensation paid to such affiliated person, not less often than annually.

Part III originally went into effect when it was approved (i) by a vote of the Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on Part III of the Plan; and (ii) by a vote of holders of at least a “majority” (as so defined) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Class I Shares Class. Part III has continued, and will, unless terminated as thereinafter provided, continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trust’s Trustees and its Independent Trustees with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. Part III may be terminated at any time by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by the vote of the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust to which Part III applies. Part III may not be amended to increase materially the amount of payments to be made without shareholder approval of the class or classes of shares affected by Part III as set forth in (ii) above, and all amendments must be approved in the manner set forth in (i) above.

In the case of a Qualified Recipient which is a principal underwriter of the Trust, the Class I Plan Agreement shall be the agreement contemplated by Section 15(b) of the 1940 Act since each such agreement must be approved in accordance with, and contain the provisions required by, the Rule. In the case of Qualified Recipients which are not principal underwriters of the Trust, the Class I Plan Agreements with them shall be (i) their agreements with the Distributor with respect to payments under the Trust’s Distribution Plan in effect prior to April 1, 1996 or (ii) Class I Plan Agreements entered into thereafter.

Defensive Provisions (Part IV)

Another part of the Plan (Part IV) states that if and to the extent that any of the payments listed below are considered to be “primarily intended to result in the sale of” shares issued by the Trust within the meaning of Rule


43

 
 

 


 12b-1, such payments are authorized under the Plan: (i) the costs of the preparation of all reports and notices to shareholders and the costs of printing and mailing such reports and notices to existing shareholders, irrespective of whether such reports or notices contain or are accompanied by material intended to result in the sale of shares of the Trust or other funds or other investments; (ii) the costs of the preparation and setting in type of all prospectuses and statements of additional information and the costs of printing and mailing all prospectuses and statements of additional information to existing shareholders; (iii) the costs of preparation, printing and mailing of any proxy statements and proxies, irrespective of whether any such proxy statement includes any item relating to, or directed toward, the sale of the Trust’s shares; (iv) all legal and accounting fees relating to the preparation of any such reports, prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxies and proxy statements; (v) all fees and expenses relating to the registration or qualification of the Trust and/or its shares under the securities or “Blue-Sky” laws of any jurisdiction; (vi) all fees under the Securities Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act, including fees in connection with any application for exemption relating to or directed toward the sale of the Trust’s shares; (vii) all fees and assessments of the Investment Company Institute or any successor organization, irrespective of whether some of its activities are designed to provide sales assistance; (viii) all costs of the preparation and mailing of confirmations of shares sold or redeemed or share certificates, and reports of share balances; and (ix) all costs of responding to telephone or mail inquiries of investors or prospective investors.

The Plan states that while it is in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of such disinterested Trustees but that nothing in the Plan shall prevent the involvement of others in such selection and nomination if the final decision on any such selection and nomination is approved by a majority of such disinterested Trustees.

The Plan defines as the Trust’s Independent Trustees those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan. The Plan, unless terminated as therein provided, continues in effect from year to year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and its Independent Trustees with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. In voting on the implementation or continuance of the Plan, those Trustees who vote to approve such implementation or continuance must conclude that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Trust and its shareholders. The Plan may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by the vote of the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the dollar value of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of payments to be made without shareholder approval and all amendments must be approved in the manner set forth above as to continuance of the Plan.

The Plan and each Part of it shall also be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act as now in force or hereafter amended.  Specifically, but without limitation, the provisions of Part IV shall be deemed to be severable, within the meaning of and to the extent required by Rule 18f-3, with respect to each outstanding class of shares of the Trust.

Payments Under the Plan

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, payments were made only under Part I and Part II of the Plan. All payments were to Qualified Recipients and were for compensation. No payments were made under Part III or Part IV of the Plan.

Payments to Qualified Recipients

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, payments to Qualified Recipients under the Plan and the amounts of such payments to the Distributor and others were as follows:


44

 
 

 


 
To All Qualified Recipients
To Distributor
To Other Qualified Recipients
 
Part I
 
$560,647
$30,229
$530,418
Part II
 
$198,700
$48,890
$149,810
All payments to Other Qualified Recipients, most of whom are broker/dealers, and to the Distributor, were for compensation. Payments with respect to Class C Shares during the first year after purchase are paid to the Distributor and thereafter to Other Qualified Recipients.

Amounts paid under the Plan as compensation to Qualified Recipients, including the Distributor, are not based on the recipient’s expenses in providing distribution, retention and/or shareholder servicing assistance to the Trust and, accordingly, are not regarded as reimbursement of such expenses.

Shareholder Services Plan

The Trust has adopted a Shareholder Services Plan (the “Services Plan”) to provide for the payment with respect to Class C Shares and Class I Shares of the Trust of “Service Fees” within the meaning of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers (as incorporated in the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)). The Services Plan applies only to the Class C Shares and Class I Shares of the Trust (regardless of whether such class is so designated or is redesignated by some other name).

Provisions for Level-Payment Class Shares (Class C Shares) (Part I)

As used in Part I of the Services Plan, “Qualified Recipients” shall mean broker/dealers or others selected by the Distributor, including but not limited to the Distributor and any other principal underwriter of the Trust, who have, pursuant to written agreements with the Trust or the Distributor, agreed to provide personal services to shareholders of Level-Payment Class Shares and/or maintenance of Level-Payment Class Shares shareholder accounts. “Qualified Holdings” shall mean, as to any Qualified Recipient, all Level-Payment Class Shares beneficially owned by such Qualified Recipient’s customers, clients or other contacts. “Manager” shall mean Aquila Investment Management LLC or any successor serving as manager or administrator of the Trust.

Subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Trust may make payments (“Service Fees”) to Qualified Recipients, which Service Fees (i) may be paid directly or through the Distributor or shareholder servicing agent as disbursing agent and (ii) may not exceed, for any fiscal year of the Trust (as adjusted for any part or parts of a fiscal year during which payments under the Services Plan are not accruable or for any fiscal year which is not a full fiscal year), 0.25 of 1% of the average annual net assets of the Trust represented by the Level-Payment Class Shares. Such payments shall be made only out of the Trust’s assets allocable to the Level-Payment Class Shares. The Distributor shall have sole authority with respect to the selection of any Qualified Recipient or Recipients and the amount of Service Fees, if any, paid to each Qualified Recipient, provided that the total Service Fees paid to all Qualified Recipients may not exceed the amount set forth above and provided, further, that no Qualified Recipient may receive more than 0.25 of 1% of the average annual net asset value of shares sold by such Recipient. The Distributor is authorized, but not directed, to take into account, in addition to any other factors deemed relevant by it, the following: (a) the amount of the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient and (b) the extent to which the Qualified Recipient has, at its expense, taken steps in the shareholder servicing area with respect to holders of Level-Payment Class Shares, including without limitation, any or all of the following activities: answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, and the manner in which purchases and redemptions of shares of the Trust may be effected; assisting shareholders in designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; providing necessary personnel and facilities to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; assisting in processing purchase and redemption transactions; arranging for the wiring of funds; transmitting and receiving funds in connection with customer orders to purchase or redeem shares; verifying and guaranteeing shareholder signatures in connection with redemption orders and transfers and changes


45

 
 

 


in shareholder designated accounts; and providing such other related services as the Distributor or a shareholder may request from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below) may remove any person as a Qualified Recipient. Amounts within the above limits accrued to a Qualified Recipient but not paid during a fiscal year may be paid thereafter; if less than the full amount is accrued to all Qualified Recipients, the difference will not be carried over to subsequent years. Service Fees with respect to Class C Shares will be paid to the Distributor.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, $66,234 was paid to the Distributor under Part I of the Plan.

Provisions for Financial Intermediary Class Shares (Class I Shares) (Part II)

As used in Part II of the Services Plan, “Qualified Recipients” shall mean broker/dealers or others selected by the “Distributor,” including but not limited to the Distributor and any other principal underwriter of the Trust, who have, pursuant to written agreements with the Trust or the Distributor, agreed to provide personal services to shareholders of Financial Intermediary Class Shares, maintenance of Financial Intermediary Class Shares shareholder accounts and/or pursuant to specific agreements entering confirmed purchase orders on behalf of customers or clients. “Qualified Holdings” shall mean, as to any Qualified Recipient, all Financial Intermediary Class Shares beneficially owned by such Qualified Recipient’s customers, clients or other contacts. “Manager” shall mean Aquila Investment Management LLC or any successor serving as manager or administrator of the Trust.

Subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Trust may make payments (“Service Fees”) to Qualified Recipients, which Service Fees (i) may be paid directly or through the Distributor or shareholder servicing agent as disbursing agent and (ii) may not exceed, for any fiscal year of the Trust (as adjusted for any part or parts of a fiscal year during which payments under the Services Plan are not accruable or for any fiscal year which is not a full fiscal year), 0.25 of 1% of the average annual net assets of the Trust represented by the Financial Intermediary Class Shares. Such payments shall be made only out of the Trust’s assets allocable to the Financial Intermediary Class Shares. The Distributor shall have sole authority with respect to the selection of any Qualified Recipient or Recipients and the amount of Service Fees, if any, paid to each Qualified Recipient, provided that the total Service Fees paid to all Qualified Recipients may not exceed the amount set forth above and provided, further, that no Qualified Recipient may receive more than 0.25 of 1% of the average annual net asset value of shares sold by such Recipient. The Distributor is authorized, but not directed, to take into account, in addition to any other factors deemed relevant by it, the following: (a) the amount of the Qualified Holdings of the Qualified Recipient and (b) the extent to which the Qualified Recipient has, at its expense, taken steps in the shareholder servicing area with respect to holders of Financial Intermediary Class Shares, including without limitation, any or all of the following activities: answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, and the manner in which purchases and redemptions of shares of the Trust may be effected; assisting shareholders in designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; providing necessary personnel and facilities to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; assisting in processing purchase and redemption transactions; arranging for the wiring of funds; transmitting and receiving funds in connection with customer orders to purchase or redeem shares; verifying and guaranteeing shareholder signatures in connection with redemption orders and transfers and changes in shareholder designated accounts; and providing such other related services as the Distributor or a shareholder may request from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below) may remove any person as a Qualified Recipient. Amounts within the above limits accrued to a Qualified Recipient but not paid during a fiscal year may be paid thereafter; if less than the full amount is accrued to all Qualified Recipients, the difference will not be carried over to subsequent years. No Class I Shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011.

General Provisions

While the Services Plan is in effect, the Trust’s Distributor shall report at least quarterly to the Trust’s Trustees in writing for their review on the following matters:  (i) all Service Fees paid under the Services Plan, the


46

 
 

 


identity of the Qualified Recipient of each payment, and the purposes for which the amounts were expended; and (ii) all fees of the Trust paid to the Distributor or accrued during such quarter.  In addition, if any Qualified Recipient is an “affiliated person,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust, Manager, Sub-Adviser or Distributor, such person shall agree to furnish to the Distributor for transmission to the Board of Trustees of the Trust an accounting, in form and detail satisfactory to the Board of Trustees, to enable the Board of Trustees to make the determinations of the fairness of the compensation paid to such affiliated person, not less often than annually.
 
 
The Services Plan has been approved by a vote of the Trustees, including those Trustees who, at the time of such vote, were not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Services Plan or in any agreements related to the Services Plan (the “Independent Trustees”), with votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Services Plan. It will continue in effect for a period of more than one year from its original effective date only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually as set forth in the preceding sentence. It may be amended in like manner and may be terminated at any time by vote of the Independent Trustees.

The Services Plan shall also be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act as now in force or hereafter amended.

While the Services Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, shall be committed to the discretion of such disinterested Trustees. Nothing therein shall prevent the involvement of others in such selection and nomination if the final decision on any such selection and nomination is approved by a majority of such disinterested Trustees.

Codes of Ethics

The Trust, the Manager, the Sub-Adviser and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes permit personnel of these organizations who are subject to the codes to purchase securities, including the types of securities in which the Trust invests, but only in compliance with the provisions of the codes.

Transfer Agent, Custodian and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Trust’s Shareholder Servicing Agent (transfer agent) is BNY Mellon, 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581.

The Trust’s Custodian, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, Ohio 43240, is responsible for holding the Trust’s assets.

The Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, 1818 Market Street, Suite 2400, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, performs an annual audit of the Trust’s financial statements.

 
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
 
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, all of the Trust’s portfolio transactions were principal transactions and no brokerage commissions were paid.

The Sub-Adviser shall select such broker/dealers (“dealers”) as shall, in the Sub-Adviser’s judgment, implement the policy of the Trust to seek to achieve “best execution,” i.e., prompt, efficient, and reliable execution of orders at the most favorable net price.   Municipal obligations, including state obligations, purchased and sold by the Trust are generally traded in the over-the-counter market on a net basis (i.e., without commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting for their own account rather than as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions


47

 
 

 


directly with the issuer of such obligations. Such firms attempt to profit from such transactions by buying at the bid price and selling at the higher asked price of the market for such obligations, and the difference between the bid and asked price is customarily referred to as the spread. The Trust may also purchase municipal obligations from underwriters, and dealers in fixed-price offerings, the cost of which may include undisclosed fees and concessions to the underwriters. On occasion it may be necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security through a broker on an agency basis, in which case the Trust will incur a brokerage commission. In allocating transactions to dealers, the Sub-Adviser is authorized to consider, in determining whether a particular dealer will provide best execution, the dealer’s reliability, integrity, financial condition and risk in positioning the securities involved, as well as the difficulty of the transaction in question, and thus need not pay the lowest spread or, if applicable, commission available if the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that the amount of the spread or, if applicable, commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) provided by the dealer, viewed either in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities. If, on the foregoing basis, the transaction in question could be allocated to two or more dealers, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in making such allocation, to consider whether a dealer has provided such brokerage or research services. The Trust recognizes that no dollar value can be placed on such brokerage or research services and that such brokerage or research services may or may not be useful to the Trust and may be used for the benefit of the Sub-Adviser or its other clients.  The Sub-Adviser may use its affiliated broker-dealer, D.A. Davidson & Co. to execute a portion of the Trust’s portfolio securities transactions.  Any such transactions are subject to compliance with the 1940 Act and with the requirement that the Sub-Adviser seek to achieve “best execution” for such transactions, as discussed above.  The Trust did not engage in any such affiliated brokerage transactions during its three most recent fiscal years.


Capital Stock

The Trust has four classes of shares.

 
* Front-Payment Class Shares (“Class A Shares”) are offered to investors at net asset value plus a sales charge, paid at the time of purchase, at the maximum rate of 4.0% of the public offering price, with lower rates for larger purchases including previous purchases of shares of any class of any of the funds in the Aquila Group of Funds. There is no sales charge on purchases of $1 million or more, but redemptions of shares so purchased are generally subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”). Class A Shares are subject to a fee under the Trust’s Distribution Plan at the rate of 0.15 of 1% of the average annual net assets represented by the Class A Shares.

 
* Level-Payment Class Shares (“Class C Shares”) are offered to investors at net asset value with no sales charge payable at the time of purchase but with a level charge for service and distribution fees for six years after the date of purchase at the aggregate annual rate of 1% of the average annual net assets of the Class C Shares. Six years after the date of purchase, Class C Shares are automatically converted to Class A Shares. If you redeem Class C Shares before you have held them for 12 months from the date of purchase you will pay a CDSC; this charge is 1%, calculated on the net asset value of the Class C Shares at the time of purchase or at redemption, whichever is less. There is no CDSC after Class C Shares have been held beyond the applicable period. For purposes of applying the CDSC and determining the time of conversion, the 12-month and six-year holding periods are considered modified by up to one month depending upon when during a month your purchase of such shares is made. Class C Shares are subject to a fee under the Trust’s Distribution Plan at the rate of 0.75 of 1% of the average annual net assets represented by the Class C Shares and a service fee of 0.25 of 1% of such assets.

 
* Institutional Class Shares (“Class Y Shares”) are offered and sold only through institutions acting for investors in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity, and are not offered directly to retail customers. Class Y Shares are offered at net asset value with no sales charge, no redemption fee, no contingent deferred sales charge and no distribution fee.


 
48

 
 

 



 
* Financial Intermediary Class Shares (“Class I Shares”) are offered and sold only through financial intermediaries with which Aquila Distributors, Inc. has entered into sales agreements, and are not offered directly to retail customers. Class I Shares are offered at net asset value with no sales charge and no redemption fee or contingent deferred sales charge, although a financial intermediary may charge a fee for effecting a purchase or other transaction on behalf of its customers. Class I Shares may carry a distribution fee of up to 0.25 of 1% of average annual net assets allocable to Class I Shares, currently up to 0.15 of 1% of such net assets, and a service fee of up to 0.25 of 1% of such assets.

The Trust’s four classes of shares differ in their sales charge structures and ongoing expenses, which are likely to be reflected in differing yields and other measures of investment performance. All four classes represent interests in the same portfolio of Oregon Obligations and have the same rights, except that each class bears the separate expenses, if any, of its participation in the Distribution Plan and Shareholder Services Plan and has exclusive voting rights with respect to such participation.

At any meeting of shareholders, shareholders are entitled to one vote for each dollar of net asset value (determined as of the record date for the meeting) per share held (and proportionate fractional votes for fractional dollar amounts). Shareholders will vote on the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. Shares vote by classes on any matter specifically affecting one or more classes, such as an amendment of an applicable part of the Distribution Plan. No amendment, whether or not affecting the rights of the shareholders, may be made to the Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the dollar value of the outstanding shares of the Trust, except that the Trust’s Board of Trustees may change the name of the Trust.

The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares and to divide or combine the shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Trust. Each share represents an equal proportionate interest in the Trust with each other share of its class; shares of the respective classes represent proportionate interests in the Trust in accordance with their respective net asset values. Upon liquidation of the Trust, shareholders are entitled to share pro-rata in the net assets of the Trust available for distribution to shareholders, in accordance with the respective net asset values of the shares of each of the Trust’s classes at that time. All shares are presently divided into four classes; however, if they deem it advisable and in the best interests of shareholders, the Board of Trustees of the Trust may create additional classes of shares, which may differ from each other as provided in rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or by exemptive order. The Board of Trustees may, at its own discretion, create additional series of shares, each of which may have separate assets and liabilities (in which case any such series will have a designation including the word “Series”). Shares are fully paid and non-assessable, except as set forth in the next paragraph; the holders of shares have no pre-emptive or conversion rights, except that Class C Shares automatically convert to Class A Shares after being held for six years.

The Trust is an entity of the type commonly known as a “Massachusetts business trust.” Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a trust such as the Trust, may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the trust. For shareholder protection, however, an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust is contained in the Declaration of Trust, which requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the Trust’s property of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to the relatively remote circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. In the event the Trust had two or more Series, and if any such Series were to be unable to meet the obligations attributable to it (which, as with the Trust, is relatively remote), the other Series would be subject to such obligations, with a corresponding increase in the risk of the shareholder liability mentioned in the prior sentence.


49

 
 

 

Purchase, Redemption, and Pricing of Shares

The following supplements the information about purchase, redemption and pricing of shares set forth in the Prospectus.

Sales Charges for Purchases of $1 Million or More of Class A Shares

You will not pay a sales charge at the time of purchase when you purchase “CDSC Class A Shares.” CDSC Class A Shares include:

 
(i) Class A Shares issued in a single purchase of $1 million or more by a single purchaser; and

(ii) Class A Shares issued when the value of the purchase, together with the value (based on purchase cost or current net asset value, whichever is higher) of shares of the Trust or any other fund in the Aquila Group of Funds that are owned by the purchaser is $1 million or more.

CDSC Class A Shares do not include Class A Shares purchased without a sales charge as described under “General” below.

Broker/Dealer Compensation - Class A Shares

Upon notice to all selected dealers, the Distributor may distribute up to the full amount of the applicable sales charge to broker/dealers. Under the Securities Act of 1933, broker/dealers may be deemed to be underwriters during periods when they receive all, or substantially all, of the sales charge.

Redemption of CDSC Class A Shares

If you redeem all or part of your CDSC Class A Shares during the four years after you purchase them, you must pay a special CDSC upon redemption of the same age-dated share lot(s).  The amount of the CDSC is calculated based on the lesser of the net asset value of an age-dated share lot at the time of purchase or at the time of redemption.  As stated in the Prospectus it is the Trust’s intention not to charge you a CDSC that is greater than the amount of the commission that was paid to the broker/dealer in connection with your purchase transaction. If the broker/dealer was paid less than the maximum commission, your actual CDSC will be reduced as indicated in the following table:

Value of Share Lot(s)
 
CDSC You Will Pay on Redemption
 
Commission Paid to Broker/Dealer
$1 million and up to $2.5 million
1% in years 1 & 2
0.50% of 1% in years 3 & 4
 
1%
 
None
 
0.25% in 4 payments over 4 years
Over $2.5 million and up to $5 million
0.50% of 1% in year 1
0.25% of 1% in year 2
0.0 in years 3 & 4
 
0.50%
 
None
 
0.25% in 2 payments over 2 years
Over $5 million
None
 
0.25%


50

 
 

 


 
A series of investments may increase the total value of an account so that subsequent purchases of age-dated share lots qualify for a shorter holding period and a lower CDSC, as described in the table above, without altering the holding period or CDSC for earlier age-dated share lots acquired at a lower total account value.

This special charge also applies to CDSC Class A Shares purchased without a sales charge pursuant to a Letter of Intent (see “Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Purchases of Class A Shares” below). This special charge will not apply to shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions on CDSC Class A Shares or to CDSC Class A Shares held for longer than four years. When redeeming shares, the Agent will redeem the CDSC
Class A Shares held the longest, unless otherwise instructed. If you own both CDSC and non-CDSC Class A
Shares, the latter will be redeemed first, unless you specifically request the redemption of CDSC shares.

The Trust will treat all CDSC Class A Share purchases made during a calendar month as if they were made on the first business day of that month at the average cost of all purchases made during that month. Therefore, the four-year holding period will end on the first business day of the 48th calendar month after the date of those purchases. Accordingly, the holding period may, in fact, be almost one month less than the full 48 depending on when your actual purchase was made.

Broker/Dealer Compensation - CDSC Class A Shares

The Distributor currently intends to pay any dealer executing a purchase of CDSC Class A Shares as follows:

Amount of Purchase
Amount Distributed to Broker/Dealer as a Percentage of Purchase Price
 
$1 million but less than $2.5 million
1%
 
$2.5 million but less than $5 million
0.50 of 1%
 
$5 million or more
0.25 of 1%
 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Purchases of Class A Shares

Right of Accumulation

“Single purchasers” may qualify for a reduced sales charge in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Prospectus when making subsequent purchases of Class A Shares. A reduced sales charge applies if the cumulative value (based on purchase cost or current net asset value, whichever is higher) of shares previously purchased together with Class A Shares of your subsequent purchase, amounts to $25,000 or more.

Letters of Intent

“Single purchasers” may also qualify for reduced sales charges, in accordance with the same schedule, after a written Letter of Intent (included in the New Account Application) is received by the Distributor. The Letter of Intent confirms that you intend to purchase, with a sales charge, within a thirteen-month period, Class A Shares of the Trust through a single selected dealer or the Distributor. Class A Shares of the Trust which you previously purchased, also with a sales charge, within 90 days prior to the Distributor’s receipt of your Letter of Intent and which you still own may also be included in determining the applicable reduction. For more information, including escrow provisions, see the Letter of Intent provisions of the New Account Application.


51

 
 

 

General

Class A Shares may be purchased without a sales charge by:


*
current and former Trustees and officers of any funds in the Aquila Group of Funds;
 
*
the directors, managers, officers and certain employees, former employees and representatives of the Manager, the Distributor, and the sub-adviser of any fund in the Aquila Group of Funds and the parents and/or affiliates of such companies;
 
*
selected broker dealers, their officers and employees and other investment professionals;
 
*
certain persons connected with firms providing legal, advertising or public relations assistance;

*
certain family members of, and plans for the benefit of, the foregoing; and

*
plans for the benefit of trust or similar clients of banking institutions over which these institutions have full investment authority, if the Distributor has an agreement relating to such purchases.
 
Except for the last category, purchasers must give written assurance that the purchase is for investment and that the Class A Shares will not be resold except through redemption. Since there may be tax consequences of these purchases, your tax advisor should be consulted.

Class A Shares may also be issued without a sales charge in a merger, acquisition or exchange offer made pursuant to a plan of reorganization to which the Trust is a party.

The Trust permits the sale of its Class A Shares at prices that reflect the reduction or elimination of the sales charge to investors who are members of certain qualified groups.

A qualified group is a group or association that

 
  (i)
satisfies uniform criteria which enable the Distributor to realize economies of scale in its costs of distributing shares;

 
 (ii)
gives its endorsement or authorization (if it is a group or association) to an investment program to facilitate solicitation of its membership by a broker or dealer; and

 
(iii)
complies with the conditions of purchase that make up an agreement between the Trust and the group, representative or broker or dealer.

At the time of purchase, the Distributor must receive information sufficient to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge, either directly or through a broker or dealer.

Examples of a qualified group include, but are not limited to:

*
certain wrap accounts, asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements for the benefit of clients of investment professionals or other financial intermediaries; and

*
certain retirement plans that are part of a retirement plan or platform offered by banks, broker-dealers, financial advisors or insurance companies, or serviced by recordkeepers.

Investors may exchange securities acceptable to the Manager and Sub-Adviser for shares of the Trust. The Trust believes such exchange provides a means by which holders of certain securities may invest in the Trust


52

 
 

 


without the expense of selling the securities in the open market. The investor should furnish, either in writing or by FAX or e-mail, to the Manager a list with a full and exact description (including CUSIP numbers) of all securities proposed for exchange. The Manager will then notify the investor as to whether the securities are acceptable and, if so, will send a letter of transmittal to be completed and signed by the investor. The Manager has the right to reject all or any part of the securities offered for exchange. The securities must then be sent in proper form for transfer with the letter of transmittal to the Custodian of the Trust’s assets. The investor must certify that there are no legal or contractual restrictions on the free transfers and sale of the securities. Upon receipt by the Custodian of the securities and all required documents for transfer, the securities will be valued as of the close of business on that day in the same manner as the Trust’s portfolio securities are valued each day. Shares of the Trust having an equal net asset value as of the close of the same day will be registered in the investor’s name. Applicable sales charges, if any, will apply, but there is no charge for making the exchange and no brokerage commission on the securities accepted, although applicable stock transfer taxes, if any, may be deducted. The exchange of securities by the investor pursuant to this offer may constitute a taxable transaction and may result in a gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes. The tax treatment experienced by investors may vary depending upon individual circumstances. Each investor should consult a tax adviser to determine Federal, state and local tax consequences.

Additional Compensation for Financial Intermediaries
 
The Distributor and/or its related companies may pay compensation out of their own assets to certain broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries (“financial advisors”) above and beyond sales commissions, 12b-1 or certain service fees and certain recordkeeping/sub-transfer agency fees paid by the Trust, in connection with the sale, servicing or retention of Trust shares.  This compensation, which may be significant in dollar amounts to the Distributor, could create an incentive for a financial advisor to sell Trust shares.  You should ask your financial advisor to obtain more information on how this additional compensation may have influenced your advisor’s recommendation of the Trust.

Such additional compensation is paid out of the Distributor’s (or related company’s) own resources, without additional charge to the Trust or its shareholders, although such resources may include profits derived from services provided to the Trust.  Additional cash payments may be based on a percentage of gross sales, a percentage of assets or number of accounts maintained or serviced by the financial advisor, and/or a fixed dollar amount, and is different for different financial advisors.

At its discretion, the Distributor determines whether to pay additional compensation and the amount of any such payments based on factors the Distributor deems relevant.  Factors considered by the Distributor generally include the financial advisor’s reputation, training of the financial advisor’s sales force, quality of service, ability to attract and retain assets for the Trust, expertise in distributing a particular class of shares of the Trust, and/or access to target markets.  The Distributor may pay additional compensation for services with respect to the Trust and other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds without allocation for services provided to particular funds.

Typically, additional compensation in the form of education and/or marketing support payments is made towards one or more of the following:

·  
assistance in training and educating the financial advisor’s personnel;
 
·  
participation in the financial advisor’s conferences and meetings;
 
·  
advertising of the Trust’s shares;
 
·  
payment of travel expenses, including lodging, for attendance at sales seminars by qualifying registered representatives;
 
·  
other incentives or financial assistance to financial advisors in connection with promotional, training or educational seminars or conferences;


53

 
 

 


·  
shareholder appreciation events;
 
·  
exhibit space or sponsorships at regional or national events of financial intermediaries;
 
·  
participation in special financial advisor programs;
 
·  
continued availability of the Trust’s shares through the financial advisor’s automated trading platform;
 
·  
access to the financial advisor’s sales representatives and national sales management personnel by the Distributor or Trust representatives;
 
·  
inclusion of the Trust and/or the Aquila Group of Funds on preferred or recommended sales lists; and
 
·  
other comparable expenses at the discretion of the Distributor.
 
The financial advisors to whom the Distributor may pay, or has paid additional compensation in the form of education and/or marketing support payments since January 1, 2004, include Bank One Securities Corp., Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., DA Davidson & Co., Edward D. Jones & Co., Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, First Federal Savings Bank, Invest Financial Corporation, J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons Inc., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, LPL Financial, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.,  Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, National Financial Services LLC, Pershing LLC, RBC Dain Rauscher Inc., Raymond James Securities, Sovereign Bank, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc., Stock Yards Bank & Trust Co., The Glenview Trust Co., The Investment Center Inc., UBS Financial Services, US Bancorp Investments, Inc., US Bank Securities, UVEST Investment Services, Inc., Wedbush Securities Inc,  Wells Fargo Advisors, Inc., and Zions Investment Securities Inc.

The Distributor and/or related companies may compensate financial advisors not listed above.  The Distributor and/or related companies may enter into additional compensation arrangements or change arrangements at any time without notice.

The Distributor and/or its related companies currently compensate financial advisors on a case by case basis.  Any of the foregoing payments to be made by the Distributor may be made instead by the Manager out of its own funds, directly or through the Distributor.

Automatic Withdrawal Plan

You may establish an Automatic Withdrawal Plan if you own or purchase Class A Shares of the Trust having a net asset value of at least $5,000. The Automatic Withdrawal Plan is not available for Class C Shares, Class I Shares or Class Y Shares.

Under an Automatic Withdrawal Plan you will receive a monthly or quarterly check in a stated amount, not less than $50. If such a plan is established, all dividends and distributions must be reinvested in your shareholder account. Redemption of shares to make payments under the Automatic Withdrawal Plan will give rise to a gain or loss for tax purposes. (See the Automatic Withdrawal Plan provisions of the New Account Application.)

Purchases of additional Class A Shares concurrently with withdrawals are undesirable because of sales charges when purchases are made. Accordingly, you may not maintain an Automatic Withdrawal Plan while simultaneously making regular purchases. While an occasional lump sum investment may be made, such investment should normally be an amount at least equal to three times the annual withdrawal or $5,000, whichever is less.


54

 
 

 

Share Certificates

The Trust no longer issues share certificates. If you own certificated shares and have lost the certificates, you may incur delay and expense when redeeming the shares.

Reinvestment Privilege

If you reinvest proceeds of a redemption of Class A or Class C Shares within 120 days of the redemption you will not have to pay any additional sales charge on the reinvestment, and any CDSC deducted upon the redemption will be refunded. You must reinvest in the same class as the shares redeemed. You may exercise this privilege only once a year, unless otherwise approved by the Distributor.

The Distributor will refund to you any CDSC deducted at the time of redemption by adding it to the amount of your reinvestment. The Class C or CDSC Class A Shares purchased upon reinvestment will be deemed to have been outstanding from the date of your original purchase of the redeemed shares, less the period from redemption to reinvestment.

Exchange Privilege

Shareholders of the Trust have an exchange privilege as set forth below. Exchanges can be made among this Trust and other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds. All exchanges are subject to certain conditions described below.

Generally, you can exchange shares of any class of the Trust for shares of the same class of other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds without the payment of a sales charge or any other fee. The exchange privilege is available to Class I or Class Y Shares to the extent that other Aquila-sponsored funds are made available to its customers by your financial intermediary. All exchanges of Class I or Class Y Shares must be made through your financial intermediary. Call 800-437-1020 for more information on the exchange privilege.

Because excessive trading in Trust shares can be harmful to the Trust and its other shareholders, the right is reserved to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, to limit the number of exchanges or to reject any exchange if (i) the Trust or any of the other Aquila Funds believe that it or they would be harmed or be unable to invest effectively or (ii) it or they receive or anticipate receiving simultaneous orders that may significantly affect the Trust or any other Aquila Fund.
 
The following important information should be noted:

CDSCs Upon Redemptions of Shares Acquired Through Exchanges. If you exchange shares subject to a CDSC, no CDSC will be imposed at the time of exchange, but the shares you receive in exchange for them will be subject to the applicable CDSC if you redeem them before the requisite holding period (extended, if required) has expired.

If the shares you redeem would have incurred a CDSC if you had not made any exchanges, then the same CDSC will be imposed upon the redemption regardless of the exchanges that have taken place since the original purchase.


This Trust, as well as the other funds in the Aquila Group of Funds, reserves the right to reject any exchange into its shares, if shares of the fund into which exchange is desired are not available for sale in your state of residence.  The Trust may also modify or terminate this exchange privilege at any time on not less than 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.


55

 
 

 


All exercises of the exchange privilege are subject to the conditions that (i) the shares being acquired are available for sale in your state of residence; (ii) the aggregate net asset value of the shares surrendered for exchange is at least equal to the minimum investment requirements of the investment company whose shares are being acquired and (iii) the ownership of the accounts from which and to which the exchange is made are identical.

The Agent will accept telephone exchange instructions from anyone. To make a telephone exchange, telephone:
 
800-437-1000 toll-free

Note: The Trust, the Agent, and the Distributor will not be responsible for any losses resulting from unauthorized telephone transactions if the Agent follows reasonable procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller. The Agent will request some or all of the following information: account name(s) and number, name of the caller, the social security number registered to the account and personal identification. The Agent may also record calls. You should verify the accuracy of confirmation statements immediately upon receipt.

Exchanges will be effected at the relative exchange prices of the shares being exchanged next determined after receipt by the Agent of your exchange request. The exchange prices will be the respective net asset values of the shares, unless a sales charge is to be deducted in connection with an exchange of shares, in which case the exchange price of shares of a Bond or Equity Fund will be their public offering price. Prices for exchanges are determined in the same manner as for purchases of the Trust’s shares.

An exchange is treated for Federal tax purposes as a redemption and purchase of shares and would result in the realization of a capital gain or loss, depending on the cost or other tax basis of the shares exchanged and the holding period; should any such loss occur, no representation is made as to its deductibility .

Dividends paid by a fund into which exchange is desired may be taxable to you.  You should consult your tax adviser before acquiring shares of another fund under the exchange privilege arrangement.

If you are considering an exchange into one of the funds listed above, you should send for and carefully read its Prospectus.

Same-Fund Exchange Privilege:  You can also exchange Class A Shares of the Trust for Class Y Shares of the Trust, if you are eligible to purchase Class Y Shares and they are offered in your state.  Such exchange will be effected at the net asset value of the respective classes on the date of the exchange.  It is not expected that such exchange will result in a capital gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes.  Such an exchange is not subject to the Trust’s policies regarding excessive or frequent trading.

Conversion of Class C Shares

Conversion of Class C Shares into Class A Shares will be effected at relative net asset values on the 15th day (or the next business day thereafter) of the month preceding that in which the sixth anniversary of your purchase of the Class C Shares occurred, except as noted below. Accordingly, the holding period applicable to your Class C Shares may be up to seven weeks less than the six years depending upon when your actual purchase was made during a month. Because the per share value of Class A Shares may be higher than that of Class C Shares at the time of conversion, you may receive fewer Class A Shares than the number of Class C Shares converted. If you have made one or more exchanges of Class C Shares among the Aquila-sponsored Bond or Equity Funds under the Exchange Privilege, the six-year holding period is deemed to have begun on the date you purchased your original Class C Shares of the Trust or of another of the Aquila Bond or Equity Funds.


56

 
 

 

Transfer on DeathRegistration (Not Available for Class I or Class Y Shares)

Each of the funds in the Aquila Group of Funds now permits registration of its shares in beneficiary form, subject to the funds’ rules governing Transfer on Death (“TOD”) registration, if the investor resides in a state that has adopted the Uniform Transfer on Death Security Registration Act (a “TOD State”; for these purposes, Missouri is deemed to be a TOD State). This form of registration allows you to provide that, on your death, your shares are to be transferred to the one or more persons that you specify as beneficiaries. To register shares of the Trust in TOD form, complete the special TOD Registration Request Form and review the Rules Governing TOD Registration; both are available from the Agent. The Rules, which are subject to amendment upon 60 days’ notice to TOD account owners, contain important information regarding TOD accounts with the Trust; by opening such an account you agree to be bound by them, and failure to comply with them may result in your shares’ not being transferred to your designated beneficiaries. If you open a TOD account with the Trust that is otherwise acceptable but, for whatever reason, neither the Trust nor the Agent receives a properly completed TOD Registration Request Form from you prior to your death, the Trust reserves the right not to honor your TOD designation, in which case your account will become part of your estate.

You are eligible for TOD registration only if, and as long as, you reside in a TOD State. If you open a TOD account and your account address indicates that you do not reside in a TOD State, your TOD registration will be ineffective and the Trust may, in its discretion, either open the account as a regular (non-TOD) account or redeem your shares. Such a redemption may result in a gain or loss to you and may have tax consequences. Similarly, if you open a TOD account while residing in a TOD State and later move to a non-TOD State, your TOD registration will no longer be effective. In both cases, should you die while residing in a non-TOD State the Trust reserves the right not to honor your TOD designation. At the date of this SAI, almost all states are TOD States, but you should consult your tax advisor regarding the circumstances in your state of residence.

Computation of Net Asset Value

The net asset value of the shares of each of the Trust’s classes is determined as of 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open, by dividing the value of the Trust’s net assets allocable to each class by the total number of its shares of such class then outstanding. With the approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees the Trust’s normal practice is that most or all of the Oregon Obligations in the Trust’s portfolio are priced using a reputable pricing service which may employ differential comparisons to the market in other municipal bonds under methods which include consideration of the current market value of tax-free debt instruments having varying characteristics of quality, yield and maturity. Portfolio securities other than those with a remaining maturity of sixty days or less are valued at the mean between bid and asked quotations, if available, which, for Oregon Obligations, may be obtained from a reputable pricing service which may, in turn, obtain quotations from broker/dealers or banks dealing in Oregon Obligations.  Any securities or assets for which market quotations are not readily available or are determined to be unreliable are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under procedures subject to the general supervision and responsibility of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. Securities having a remaining maturity of sixty days or less when purchased and securities originally purchased with maturities in excess of sixty days but which currently have maturities of sixty days or less are valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. With the approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser may at its own expense and without reimbursement from the Trust employ a pricing service, bank or broker/dealer experienced in such matters to perform any of the above described functions.

Reasons for Differences in Public Offering Price

As described herein and in the Prospectus, there are a number of instances in which the Trust’s Class A Shares are sold or issued on a basis other than the maximum public offering price, that is, the net asset value plus the highest sales charge. Some of these relate to lower or eliminated sales charges for larger purchases, whether made at one time or over a period of time as under a Letter of Intent or right of accumulation. (See the table of sales charges in the Prospectus.) The reasons for these quantity discounts are, in general, that (i) they are traditional and have long


57

 
 

 


been permitted in the industry and are therefore necessary to meet competition as to sales of shares of other funds having such discounts; and (ii) they are designed to avoid an unduly large dollar amount of sales charge on substantial purchases in view of reduced selling expenses. Quantity discounts are made available to certain related persons (“single purchasers”) for reasons of family unity and to provide a benefit to tax-exempt plans and organizations.

The reasons for the other instances in which there are reduced or eliminated sales charges for Class A Shares are as follows. Exchanges at net asset value are permitted because a sales charge has already been paid on the shares exchanged. Sales without sales charge are permitted to Trustees, officers and certain others due to reduced or eliminated selling expenses and/or since such sales may encourage incentive, responsibility and interest and an identification with the aims and policies of the Trust. Limited reinvestments of redemptions of Class A Shares and Class C Shares at no sales charge are permitted to attempt to protect against mistaken or incompletely informed redemption decisions. Shares may be issued at no sales charge in plans of reorganization due to reduced or eliminated sales expenses and since, in some cases, such issuance is exempted in the 1940 Act from the otherwise applicable restrictions as to what sales charge must be imposed. In no case in which there is a reduced or eliminated sales charge are the interests of existing shareholders adversely affected since, in each case, the Trust receives the net asset value per share of all shares sold or issued.

Purchases and Redemptions Through Broker/Dealers

A broker/dealer may charge its customers a processing or service fee in connection with the purchase or redemption of Trust shares. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and should be disclosed to its customers by each individual broker/dealer. These processing or service fees are typically fixed, nominal dollar amounts and are in addition to the sales and other charges described in the Prospectus and this SAI. Your broker/dealer should provide you with specific information about any processing or service fees you will be charged.

Purchases and Redemptions of Class I and Class Y Shares

The Trust has authorized one or more financial intermediaries or institutions to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders for Class I or Class Y Shares; one or more of those financial intermediaries are also authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders for Class I or Class Y Shares on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Class I or Class Y Shares when an authorized financial intermediary or, if applicable, the financial intermediary’s authorized designee receives the order. Such orders will be priced at the Trust’s net asset value for Class I or Class Y Shares next determined after they are received by the authorized financial intermediary or institution or, if applicable, its authorized designee and accepted by the Trust.

Limitation of Redemptions in Kind

The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, pursuant to which the Trust is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1 percent of the net asset value of the Trust during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. Should redemptions by any shareholder exceed such limitation, the Trust will have the option of redeeming the excess in cash or in kind. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets into cash. The method of valuing securities used to make redemptions in kind will be the same as the method of valuing portfolio securities described under “Net Asset Value Per Share” in the Prospectus, and such valuation will be made as of the same time the redemption price is determined.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

Under Trust policies, the Manager publicly discloses the complete schedule of the Trust’s portfolio holdings, as reported at the end of each calendar quarter, generally by the 15th day after the end of each calendar quarter.  Such information will remain accessible until the next schedule is made publicly available.  It may also


58

 
 

 


publicly disclose other portfolio holdings as of a specified date.  You may obtain a copy of the Trust’s schedule of portfolio holdings for the most recently completed period by accessing the information on the Trust’s website at www.aquilafunds.com.  The Trust also discloses the five largest holdings by market value as of the close of the last business day of each calendar month by posting the same to its web site on the 5th business day of the following calendar month. Such information remains on the web site until the next such posting.

In addition, the Manager may share the Trust’s non-public portfolio holdings information with pricing services and other service providers to the Trust who require access to such information in order to fulfill their contractual duties to the Trust.  The Manager may also disclose non-public information regarding the Trust’s portfolio holdings to certain mutual fund analysts and rating and tracking entities or to other entities that have a legitimate business purpose in receiving such information on a more frequent basis.  Exceptions to the frequency and recipients of the disclosure may be made only with the advance authorization of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer upon a determination that such disclosure serves a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Trust and will be reported to the Board of Trustees at the next regularly scheduled board meeting.  Any permitted release of non-public holdings information is provided in accordance with the then-current policy on approved methods or arrangements for communicating confidential information.

Whenever portfolio holdings disclosure made pursuant to these procedures involves a possible conflict of interest between the Trust’s shareholders and the Trust’s Manager, Sub-Adviser, Distributor or any affiliated person of the Trust, the disclosure may not be made unless a majority of the independent Trustees or a majority of a board committee consisting solely of independent Trustees approves such disclosure.  The Trust, the Manager and the Sub-Adviser shall not enter into any arrangement providing for the disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information for the receipt of compensation or benefit of any kind.  Any material changes to the policies and procedures for the disclosure of portfolio holdings will be reported to the Board on at least an annual basis.

The Trust currently provides holdings information to the following service providers with which it has ongoing relationships:
 
 
1.
Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc. (pricing services) on a daily basis with no lag;
 
 
2.
Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, its independent registered public accounting firm, as soon as practicable following the Trust's fiscal year-end and on an as-needed basis; and
 
 
3.
Fitch, its financial printer, as soon as practicable following each fiscal quarter-end.

It also currently provides holdings information to Bloomberg, Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services (analysts, rating and tracking entities) on a quarterly basis with a 15 -day lag.
 
 
Additional Tax Information
 
The following is a summary of certain material U.S. Federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. The discussion is very general. Current and prospective shareholders are therefore urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific Federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Trust. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Trust and Its Investments

The Trust has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under Subchapter M of the Code. To so qualify, the Trust must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded


59

 
 

 


partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Trust’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. Government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Trust’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

As a regulated investment company, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Trust must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” for the taxable year (i.e., generally, the taxable income of a RIC other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Trust will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

If, for any taxable year, the Trust were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or were to fail to meet the distribution requirement, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Trust’s distributions, to the extent derived from current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for Federal income tax purposes. However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the Trust were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. Under certain circumstances, the Trust may cure a failure to qualify as a regulated investment company, but in order to do so the Trust may incur significant Trust-level taxes and may be forced to dispose of certain assets. If the Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Trust would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within ten years of qualifying as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Trust that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The Trust anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

The Trust’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), if any, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Trust (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Trust, and defer Trust losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will


60

 
 

 


require the Trust to “mark to market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Trust to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Trust, the Trust might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The Trust will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon securities, foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.

The Trust may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Trust, the Trust might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The Trust might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expense.

As of September 30, 2011, the unused capital loss carryforward for the Trust was approximately $116,445 which expires in 2017.  Under certain circumstances, the Trust may elect to treat certain losses as though they were incurred on the first day of the taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which they were actually incurred.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and other distributions by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the Trust in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but is actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

The Trust intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). If, however, the Trust retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Trust will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the Trust on the undistributed amount against their U.S. Federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Trust upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Exempt-interest dividends paid by the Trust are exempt from regular Federal income taxes. Dividends of taxable net investment income and distributions of net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital


61

 
 

 


gains, if any, that the Trust reports as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Trust. None of the Trust’s distributions are expected to be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders or for treatment as “qualified dividend income” in the hands of an individual shareholder.

Dividends and distributions from the Trust other than exempt-interest dividends will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.

Distributions in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares of the Trust, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his or her shares of the Trust as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares will generally be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and will have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them.

Because the Trust will distribute exempt-interest dividends, interest on indebtedness incurred by shareholders, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry shares in the Trust is not deductible for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Investors receiving social security or railroad retirement benefits should be aware that exempt-interest dividends may, under certain circumstances, cause a portion of such benefits to be subject to Federal income tax. Furthermore, a portion of any exempt-interest dividend paid by the Trust that represents income derived from certain revenue or private activity bonds held by the Trust may not retain its tax-exempt status in the hands of a shareholder who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds, or a “related person” thereof. Moreover, some or all of the exempt-interest dividends distributed by the Trust may be a specific preference item, or a component of an adjustment item, for purposes of the Federal individual and corporate alternative minimum taxes.

Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether they are (i) “substantial users” with respect to a facility or “related” to such users within the meaning of the Code or (ii) subject to a Federal alternative minimum tax, the Federal “branch profits” tax, or the Federal “excess net passive income” tax.

Sales of Shares

Upon the sale or exchange of his or her shares (other than an exchange for shares of another share class of the Trust), a shareholder will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the Trust normally will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the Trust, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Trust shares held by the shareholder for six months or fewer will be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.


62

 
 

 



If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Trust, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires, before February 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the disposition, shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis in the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Trust’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding

The Trust may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding on dividends (including exempt-interest dividends), distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rate is currently 28% and is scheduled to increase to 31% in 2013. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. Federal income tax liabilities. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Non-U.S. Shareholders.”

Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the Trust to non-U.S. shareholders (but not exempt-interest dividends or capital gain dividends) are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

The 30% withholding tax generally will not apply to exempt-interest dividends, to distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses or to redemption proceeds.

For Trust taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, the 30% withholding tax also will not apply to dividends that the Trust reports as (a) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Trust’s “qualified net interest income,” or (b) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Trust’s “qualified short-term gain.” “Qualified net interest income” is the Trust’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of the net short-term capital gain of the Trust for the taxable


63

 
 

 


year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form).

Distributions paid after December 31, 2013 and redemption payments paid after December 31, 2014 to a shareholder that is a “foreign financial institution” as defined in Section 1471 of the Code and that does not meet the requirements imposed on foreign financial institutions by Section 1471 will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate notwithstanding the status of any such amounts as capital gain dividends, short-term capital gain dividends or interest-related dividends. Distributions paid after December 31, 2013 and redemption payments paid after December 31, 2014 to a non-U.S. shareholder that is not a foreign financial institution will generally be subject to such withholding tax if the shareholder fails to make certain required certifications. The extent, if any, to which such withholding tax may be reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty is unclear.

 
Underwriters

The Distributor acts as the Trust’s principal underwriter in the continuous public offering of all of the Trust’s classes of shares. The Distributor is not obligated to sell a specific number of shares. Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor is responsible for the payment of certain printing and distribution costs relating to prospectuses and reports as well as the costs of supplemental sales literature, advertising and other promotional activities. Payments of the amounts listed below for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 were as follows:

 
Name of Principal Underwriter
Net Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
Compensation on Redemptions and Repurchases
 
Brokerage Commissions
 
Other Compensation
 
Aquila Distributors, Inc.
 
 
$136,903
 
 
None
 
 
None
 
 
None*

* Amounts paid to the Distributor under the Trust’s Distribution Plan are for compensation.


64

 
 

 

 
APPENDIX A
 

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Fitch Ratings and Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations.  It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa—Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa—Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note : Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.


65

 
 

 

 
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note : Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Ratings:

US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels–MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

US Municipal Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.


66

 
 

 

 
VMIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Long-term issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA—An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A—An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C—Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB—An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.


67

 
 

 

 
CCC—An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C—A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D—An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity date of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.

A-1—A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2—A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3—A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.


68

 
 

 



B-1—A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2—A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3—A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C—A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D—A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s has indicated that its analysis will review the following considerations: (1) amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and (2) source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1—Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2—Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3—Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

 Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the


69

 
 

 


obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to Federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating. (1) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. (2) Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. (3) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). (4) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations. (5) Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. (6) A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited: Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

 Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bonds ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument.


70

 
 

 



The relationship between issuer scale and obligation scale assumes an historical average recovery of between 30% and 50% on the senior, unsecured obligations of an issuer. As a result, individual obligations of entities, such as corporations, are assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or Issuer Default Rating. At the lower end of the ratings scale, Fitch Ratings now additionally publishes explicit Recovery Ratings in many cases to complement issuer and obligation ratings.

AAA—Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA—Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A—High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB—Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB—Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

B—Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC—Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC—Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C—Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘B’.

 Description of Fitch Ratings’ Structured, Project & Public Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of structured finance, project finance and public finance obligations on the long-term scale, including the financial obligations of sovereigns, consider the obligations’ relative vulnerability to default. These ratings are typically assigned to an individual security or tranche in a transaction and not to an issuer.

AAA—Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA—Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.


71

 
 

 



A—High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB—Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB—Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time.

B—Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC—Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that default is a real possibility.

CC—Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate that default of some kind appears probable.

C—Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ ratings indicate that default appears imminent or inevitable.

D—Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate a default. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (1) failure to make payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of the rated obligation; (2) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of the business of an issuer/obligor; or (3) the coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Structured Finance Defaults—”Imminent” default, categorized under ‘C’, typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. “Imminent” default alternatively refers to the case where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation will typically be rated in the ‘C’ category.
 
Structured Finance Write-downs—Where an instrument has experienced an involuntary and, in Fitch Ratings’ opinion, irreversible “write-down” of principal (i.e., other than through amortization, and resulting in a loss to the investor), a credit rating of ‘D’ will be assigned to the instrument. Where Fitch Ratings believes the “write-down” may prove to be temporary (and the loss may be “written up” again in future if and when performance improves), then a credit rating of ‘C’ will typically be assigned. Should the “write-down” then later be reversed, the credit rating will be raised to an appropriate level for that instrument. Should the “write-down” later be deemed irreversible, the credit rating will be lowered to ‘D’.

Notes: In the case of structured and project finance, while the ratings do not address the loss severity given default of the rated liability, loss severity assumptions on the underlying assets are nonetheless typically included as part of the analysis. Loss severity assumptions are used to derive pool cash flows available to service the rated liability.

In the case of public finance, the ratings also do not address the loss given default of the rated liability, focusing instead on the vulnerability to default of the rated liability.


72

 
 

 



The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term Rating category, or categories below ‘B’.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate, Public and Structured Finance Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1—Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2—Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3—Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B—Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C—High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD—Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Or, the default of a specific short-term obligation.

D—Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of all short-term obligations.

Notes to Fitch Ratings’ Long-Term and Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

Rating Watch: Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings that are not on Rating Watch can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first, if circumstances warrant such an action.
 
A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where a triggering event (e.g., shareholder or regulatory approval) exists. The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the triggering event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch.

Rating Watches can be employed by all analytical groups and are applied to the ratings of individual entities and/or individual instruments. At the lowest categories of speculative grade (‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’) the high volatility of credit profiles may imply that almost all ratings should carry a Watch. Watches are nonetheless only applied selectively in these categories, where a committee decides that particular events or threats are best communicated by the addition of the Watch designation.

Rating Outlook: Rating Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one- to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached the level that would trigger a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. The majority of Outlooks are generally Stable, which is consistent with the historical migration experience of ratings over a one- to two-year period. Positive or Negative rating Outlooks do


73

 
 

 


not imply that a rating change is inevitable and, similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook, if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as Evolving.

Outlooks are currently applied on the long-term scale to issuer ratings in corporate finance (including sovereigns, industrials, utilities, financial institutions and insurance companies) and public finance outside the U.S.; to issue ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to certain issues in project finance; to Insurer Financial Strength Ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale and are applied selectively to ratings in the ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ categories. Defaulted ratings typically do not carry an Outlook.

Expected Ratings: Where a rating is referred to as “expected”, alternatively referred to as “expects to rate” or suffixed as (EXP), this indicates that a full rating has been assigned based upon Fitch Ratings’ expectations regarding final documentation, typically based upon a review of the final draft documentation provided by the issuer. No other conditionality pertains to an expected rating. While expected ratings typically convert to final ratings within a short time, as determined by the issuer’s decisions regarding timing of transaction closure, in the period between assignment of an expected rating and a final rating, expected ratings may be raised, lowered or placed on Rating Watch, as with final ratings.

Program Ratings: Program ratings assigned to corporate and public finance note issuance programs (e.g., medium-term note programs) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program.

“Interest-Only” Ratings: Interest-only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

“Principal-Only” Ratings: Principal-only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive its initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

“Rate of Return” Ratings: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.
 
Paid-In-Full: This tranche has reached maturity, regardless of whether it was amortized or called early. As the issue no longer exists, it is therefore no longer rated. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol “PIF”.

NR: A designation of “Not Rated” or “NR” is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.

Withdrawn: The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol ‘WD’.

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) Bond and Long Term Debt Rating Scale.

Long term debt ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner with respect to both interest and principal commitments.

 
AAA
Bonds rated AAA are of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest.

 
AA
Bonds rated AA are of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high.


74

 
 

 



 
A
Bonds rated A are of satisfactory credit quality.  Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than with AA rated entities.

 
BBB
Bonds rated BBB are of adequate credit quality.

 
BB
Bonds rated BB are defined to be speculative, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession.

 
B
Bonds rated B are highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty which exists as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

DBRS Commercial Paper and Short Term Debt Rating Scale.

Commercial paper ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its obligations in a timely manner.  All three DBRS rating categories for short term debt use “high,” “middle” or “low” as subset grades to designate the relative standing of the credit within a particular rating category.

 
R-1 (high)
Short term debt rated R-1 (high) is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity which possesses unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due.

 
R-1 (middle)
Short term debt rated R-1 (middle) is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from R-1 (high) credits to only a small degree.

 
R-1 (low)
Short term debt rated R-1 (low) is of satisfactory credit quality.  the overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable.

 
R-2 (high)
Short term debt rated R-2 is of adequate credit quality and within the three subset grades,

 
R-2 (middle)
debt protection ranges from having reasonable ability for timely repayment to a level
 
R-2 (low)
which is considered only just adequate.

 
R-3 (high)
Short term debt rated R-3 is speculative, and within the three subset grades, the capacity
 
R-3 (middle)
for timely payment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful.
 
R-3 (low)



75
A/74617196.1

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
THE CASCADES TRUST
PART C:  OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 28. Exhibits

 
(a)
Supplemental Declaration of Trust Amending and Restating the Declaration of Trust (ii)
     
 
(b)
By-laws (xiii)
     
 
(c)
See Supplemental Declaration of Trust Amending and Restating the Declaration of Trust and By-laws filed under Items 28(a) and 28(b)
     
 
(d)    (i)
Advisory and Administration Agreement (xvi)
     
 
(d)    (ii)
Sub-Advisory Agreement (xvii)
     
 
(e)     (i)
Distribution Agreement (vi)
     
 
          (ii)
Sales Agreement for Brokerage Firms for Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Portfolio (iii)
     
 
         (iii)
Sales Agreement for Financial Institutions for Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Portfolio (iii)
     
 
         (iv)
Sales Agreement for Investment Advisers for Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Portfolio (iii)
     
 
         (v)
Shareholder Services Agreement (viii)
     
 
         (vi)
Anti-Money Laundering Amendment to Distribution Agreement (ix)
     
 
(f)
Not applicable
     
 
(g)   
Custody Agreement for Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Portfolio (i)
     
 
(h)     (i)
Transfer Agency Agreement for Tax-Free Trust of Oregon Portfolio (iv)
     
 
         (ii)
Anti-Money Laundering Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement (x)
     
 
         (iii)
Customer Identification Services Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement (x)
     
 
(i)
Opinion of Trust’s Counsel (xiv)
     
 
(j)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (xviii)
     
 
(k)
Not Applicable
 
 
 

 
     
 
(l)
Not Applicable
     
 
(m)    (i)
Distribution Plan (iv)
     
 
         (ii)
Shareholder Services Plan (iv)
     
 
(n)
Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 (xvii)
     
 
(o)
Reserved
     
 
(p)
Codes of Ethics
     
 
         (i)
The Trust (xviii)
 
         (ii)
The Manager and The Distributor (xvii)
 
         (iii)
The Sub-Adviser (xviii)
     


(i)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 dated January 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(ii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 dated April 3, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(iii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 dated January 24, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(iv)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 dated December 1, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(v)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 filed January 28, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(vi)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 dated January 28, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(vii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 dated January 31, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(viii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 dated January 23, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(ix)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 dated January 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(x)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 dated January 29, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 

 
   
(xi)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 dated January 29, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 dated January 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xiii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 31 dated January 30, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xiv)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 dated January 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xv)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 33 dated January 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xvi)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 dated January 29, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xvii)
Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 dated January 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(xviii)
Filed herewith.
   

ITEM 29. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With Registrant

         None

ITEM 30. Indemnification

Subdivision (c) of Section 12 of Article SEVENTH of Registrant's Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, filed as Exhibit 1 to Registrant's Post Effective Amendment No. 18 dated April 3, 1996 is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to Trustees, officers, and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in that Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer, or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such
 
 
 

 
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser

The business and other connections of Aquila Investment Management LLC, the Trust's Investment Adviser and Manager is set forth in the prospectus (Part A).  No individual holds with the power to vote, directly or indirectly, more than 24.9% of the voting shares of the Manager’s corporate parent, Aquila Management Corporation.  For information as to the business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature of its Directors and officers, reference is made to the Form ADV filed by it under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

The Sub-Adviser, Davidson Fixed Income Management, Inc., doing business as Kirkpatrick Pettis Capital Management, is an independent registered investment adviser.  The Sub-Adviser provides a wide range of fixed-income investment management services for organizations including non-profit entities, higher education institutions, state governments, school districts, and all levels of local government.  The Sub-Adviser and its predecessor companies have served as investment sub-adviser to Tax-Free Fund of Colorado since 1992. The Sub-Adviser has approximately $5.0 billion in assets under management. It has a local office at 2 Centerpointe Drive, Lake Oswego, OR 97035 and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Davidson Companies, based at 8 Third Street North, Great Falls, Montana.  For information as to the business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature of the directors and officers of Davidson Companies, reference is made to the Form ADV filed by it under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

ITEM 32. Principal Underwriters

(a)  Aquila Distributors, Inc. serves as principal underwriter to the following Funds, including the Registrant:, Churchill Tax-Free Fund of Kentucky, Hawaiian Tax-Free Trust, Narragansett Insured Tax-Free Income Fund, Tax-Free Fund For Utah, Tax-Free Fund of Colorado, Tax-Free Trust of Arizona, Aquila Three Peaks Opportunity Growth Fund, Aquila Three Peaks High Income Fund and Tax-Free Trust of Oregon.

(b)  For information about the directors and officers of Aquila Distributors, Inc., reference is made to the Form BD filed by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(c)  Not applicable.

ITEM 33. Location of Accounts and Records

All such accounts, books, and other documents are maintained by the Manager, the Sub-Adviser the custodian, and the transfer agent, whose addresses appear in or on the back cover pages of the Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information.
 
 
 

 

ITEM 34. Management Services

Not applicable.

ITEM 35. Undertakings

Not applicable.


 
 

 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and has caused this Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 27th day of January, 2012.
 


 
THE CASCADES TRUST
 
(Registrant)
   
   
 
By:           /s/ Diana P. Herrmann
 
Diana P. Herrmann, President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on January 27, 2012.
 

SIGNATURE
 
TITLE
     
     
/s/ Diana P. Herrmann
   
Diana P. Herrmann
 
Vice Chair, President and Trustee
     
/s/ Gary C. Cornia*
   
Gary C. Cornia
 
Trustee
     
/s/ James A. Gardner *
   
James A. Gardner
 
Chair of the Board of Trustees
     
/s/ Edmund P. Jensen *
   
Edmund P. Jensen
 
Trustee
     
/s/ John W. Mitchell*
   
John W. Mitchell.
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Ralph R. Shaw *
   
Ralph R. Shaw
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Nancy Wilgenbusch *
   
Nancy Wilgenbusch
 
Trustee
 
 
 

 
     
/s/ Joseph P. DiMaggio
   
Joseph P. DiMaggio
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
     


* By:            /s/ Diana P. Herrmann
   Diana P. Herrmann
   *Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to Power of Attorney


 
 

 


THE CASCADES TRUST
Exhibit List
   
(j)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
   
(p) (i)
Code of Ethics of the Trust
     
(p) (iii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser
     
N/A
Powers of Attorney
 
   

EX-23 2 orb12audcon.htm CONSENT OF INDEP. REG PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Unassociated Document
 











CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




We consent to the references to our firm in the Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Tax-Free Trust of Oregon and to the use of our reports dated November 28, 2011 on the financial statements and financial highlights of Tax-Free Trust of Oregon.   Such financial statements and financial highlights appear in the 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information.





/s/           TAIT, WELLER & BAKER LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
January 27, 2012



EX-99.P CODE ETH 3 orb12trustcoe.htm CODE OF ETHICS OF THE TRUST orb12trustcoe.htm











CODE OF ETHICS

for each

AQUILA FUND
listed on Appendix A (a “Fund”)


Effective: March 12, 2006
(revised September 9, 2006)
(revised March 4-5, 2011)



   
 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
  I.    INTRODUCTION   1 
   
  II.    DEFINITIONS    2 
 
 
  III.    COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS   4 
   
  IV.    CONFIDENTIALITY   5 
   
  V.    LIMITED PERSONAL TRADE REPORTING FOR INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES   6 
   
  VI.    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST   6 
   
  VII.    RECORDKEEPING   7 
   
  VIII.    REVIEWS; VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES   7 
   
  IX.    BOARD APPROVALS AND REPORTS   8 

APPENDICES

Appendix A                      LIST OF FUNDS

Appendix B                      SAMPLE PERSONAL TRADE REPORT FOR INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES  (Note:  This report is not part of this Code of Ethics but is appended for convenience.)



 
 

 

I.  
    INTRODUCTION
 
This Code has been adopted by each registered investment company (or series thereof) listed on Appendix A hereto (each a “Fund”).  Each such Fund is managed or sponsored by an Aquila Entity and is part of the Aquila Group of Funds.  Although all of the Funds have adopted this Code, the Code is administered separately with respect to each Fund.  For example, a violation of this Code with respect to one Fund will not be deemed to be a violation of the Code with respect to another Fund.  That said, the CCO (as defined in Section II), who is responsible for administering, enforcing and interpreting the Code, shall endeavor to do so consistently across all Funds. The CCO will confer with Fund counsel in reference to issues and interpretations emanating from the administration of the Code.  The CCO is available to answer questions about this Code.

A.           Fund Policy

It is the Fund’s policy that conflicts, or even the appearance of conflicts, between the interests of the Fund and its shareholders, and the interests of the Fund’s officers and trustees and of its service providers and their respective personnel, should be avoided at all times.  This code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics” or the “Code”) has been adopted to implement this policy and to comply with certain regulatory requirements.

B.           Access Persons of the Fund

Access Persons (as defined in Section II) are subject to all applicable provisions of this Code.  The definition of Access Person in Section II reflects the facts that: (i) separate codes of ethics have been adopted by the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter and any subadviser(s) (“17j-1 Service Providers”), as required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”); (ii) any “access person” of the Fund (as that term is more broadly defined in Rule 17j-1) who is also subject to such a code of ethics is required to comply only with such code; and (iii) any such person is therefore not required to also comply with this Code.

As a result of the foregoing, it is expected that this Code will apply only to the Independent Trustees (as defined in Section II).  This Code (including the definition of Access Person in Section II) has been drafted with that in mind and accordingly includes only limited reporting and other requirements designed for Independent Trustees.

C.           Distribution of the Code and any Amendments

The CCO shall distribute the Code to all persons subject to this Code and inform them of the Code’s requirements that apply to them.  The CCO also shall distribute to all persons subject to this Code any amended versions of this Code and inform them of the changes (see also Board approval requirements for material changes to this Code, in Section VIII below).
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 

II.           DEFINITIONS
 
Listed below are definitions of some of the terms used in this Code, many of which are defined by law.

“Access Person” shall mean the officers and trustees of the Fund who are not otherwise subject to a Service Provider Code (as defined below).  The Fund expects that Access Persons will be limited to Independent Trustees.

The CCO shall determine who is or should be treated as an Access Person under this Code.  If the Fund has one or more Access Persons other than Independent Trustees, the CCO shall require any such person to comply with applicable reporting requirements under Rule 17j-1, and shall confer with Fund Counsel to determine whether such person should be subject to other Code requirements, as appropriate under the circumstances.

The CCO shall inform each Access Person of his or her status as such and of his or her responsibilities under this Code.  The CCO, in consultation with Fund counsel, shall determine whether any other persons should be deemed to be Access Persons under this Code and if so whether such other persons should be subject to all or one or more portions of this Code, as appropriate under the circumstances.  The CCO  shall maintain a list of all persons who are or who are deemed to be Access Persons for the purpose of this Code.  The CCO shall review the list and reaffirm that it is accurate and complete no less frequently than on an annual basis.  The CCO also shall maintain appropriate documentation regarding his or her determinations regarding Access Person status.

NOTE:  Under Rule 17j-1, all Fund officers and trustees are presumed to be “access persons” unless and until this presumption is rebutted.  This presumption may be rebutted if the CCO, in consultation with Fund counsel, makes a finding that such person, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, does not make, participate in or obtain information regarding the Purchase or Sale of Covered Securities by the Fund and that his or her functions do not relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such Purchases or Sales.  The CCO shall create and maintain appropriate documentation of his or her determination in this regard, and shall determine whether and to what extent the person should be subject to the reporting and other requirements under Rule 17j-1, as appropriate under the circumstances.

“Aquila Entity” or “Aquila Entities” shall mean Aquila Management Corporation (the sponsor of the Aquila Funds), Aquila Investment Management LLC (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the sponsor, a registered investment adviser, and adviser to the Fund) and Aquila Distributors, Inc. (an affiliate of both of the foregoing, a registered broker-dealer, and the principal underwriter for the Fund).

“Beneficial Owner” or “Beneficially Owns” (as applicable) shall mean any person who has or shares, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a Security, within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  “Pecuniary interest” means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Security.


2

 
 
 
 
 
 

 


Securities in which you have an “indirect pecuniary interest” include, but are not limited to, securities held by members of your immediate family who share your household.  Immediate family includes your spouse, children and stepchildren, parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters, and any of your in-laws.  However, if you believe that you are not actually the beneficial owner of Securities held by an immediate family member sharing your household, you may provide the CCO with information demonstrating that to the CCO, so that the CCO can make a determination in that regard.

NOTE: No report required by this Section shall be construed as an admission by the Access Person that he or she is a Beneficial Owner of any Security on the report.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

“CCO” shall mean the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund or his or her authorized designee(s).

“Code of Ethics” or “Code” shall mean this Code of Ethics.

“Control” shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.  A person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to control the company. A person who does not own more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed not to control the company.  A person who has “control” under this definition is presumed to have “control” unless and until the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) grants an order to the contrary.

“Control Person” shall mean any individual who has a Control relationship with the Fund or an investment adviser of the Fund.

NOTE:  Under no circumstances shall the Fund’s own portfolio transactions, accounts or holdings be subject to the reporting requirements of this Code.1

“Covered Security” shall mean any Security, including shares issued by offshore funds, unregistered funds (such as hedge funds), unit investment trusts, exchange-traded funds (whether structured as unit investment trusts or open-end management companies) and closed-end funds.  It also includes options, a Security convertible or exchangeable into a Covered Security and

_____________________________________
1
An individual who Beneficially Owns a significant portion (i.e., more than 25%) of the Fund’s outstanding shares would be a Control Person of the Fund.  In addition, an owner of Fund shares who is a controlling shareholder of the Fund or has or shares investment control over the Fund’s portfolio would be a “beneficial owner” of the Fund’s portfolio securities.  Without the above exclusion, in such cases the Fund’s own portfolio transactions, accounts and holdings technically could be subject to the reporting and other requirements in this Code.  This result would serve no protective purpose for the Fund and its shareholders, but could prevent the Fund from engaging in beneficial transactions on a timely basis and would otherwise have inappropriate and burdensome effects.
 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 

 


privately-placed Securities.  It does not include direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements) and, unless otherwise specifically included above (e.g., exchange-traded funds), shares of U.S.-registered open-end investment companies (including shares of the Aquila Funds and all money market funds).

"High quality short-term debt instrument" means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and which is rated in one of the highest two rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.

“Independent Trustee” shall mean a Trustee who is not an “interested person” of the
Fund, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

“Personal Trading” with respect to a person includes the Sale of Securities that the person Beneficially Owns and the Purchase of Securities of which the person acquires Beneficial Ownership.  It includes Securities transactions by a person for his or her (or its) own account, as well as Securities transactions for any other account in which he or she (or it) is a Beneficial Owner.  This definition is also attributed to phrases used in this Code such as “personal trade,” “personal trades” and the like.

“President” shall mean the then-current President of the Fund.

“Purchase or Sale of a Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell, a Security.

“Security” shall mean any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or generally any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.

“Service Provider Code” shall mean a code of ethics that is required to be, and has been, adopted by a 17j-1 Service Provider pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 17j-1.

III.           COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS
 
A.  
General Prohibitions
 
In connection with their Personal Trading activities and in general, Access Persons are prohibited from:

·  
Employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the Fund;


4

 
 
 
 
 
 

 



·  
Making to the Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

·  
Engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Fund; or

·  
Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

B.           Front-Running

The practice of trading on the basis of the anticipated market effect of portfolio trades for the Fund, which is known as “front-running” or “scalping,” constitutes a violation of the Federal securities laws.  Therefore, it is absolutely prohibited for any Access Person to engage in such trading.
 
 
C.          Market Timing
 
No Access Person shall purchase or redeem Fund shares in violation of the policies and restrictions set forth in the Fund’s prospectus, including, but not limited to, the restrictions limiting the frequency of transfers into and out of the Fund that are designed to prevent so-called “market timing” and protect the interests of long-term investors in the Fund.

D.           Insider Trading

No Access Person may Purchase or Sell any Security, or be involved in any way in the Purchase or Sale of a Security, while in possession of material non-public information about the Security or its issuer, regardless of the manner in which such information was obtained.

As used in this Code, material non-public information includes but is not necessarily limited to corporate information, such as undisclosed financial information about a corporation, and market information, such as a soon-to-be-published article about a corporation.  Material non-public information also includes information about the Fund’s portfolio transactions and portfolio holdings.  Material information is defined as information which an investor would consider important in making an investment decision, or which would substantially affect the market price of a Security if generally disclosed.  Non-public information is defined as information which has not been effectively made available to the marketplace.

Any questions as to whether certain information is material non-public information should be directed to the CCO before trading in the subject security.

IV.           CONFIDENTIALITY
 
Access Persons must maintain the utmost confidentiality with respect to proprietary, sensitive or otherwise non-public information of or regarding the Fund, including non-public investment


5

 
 
 
 
 
 

 


recommendations, investment decisions and securities holdings of the Fund.  Access Persons are expected to take steps to ensure that confidential information is appropriately safeguarded.

V.           LIMITED PERSONAL TRADE REPORTING FOR INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
 
Independent Trustees are required to submit a Personal Trade Report to the CCO only if the Independent Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her duties as an Independent Trustee, should have known, that during the fifteen (15) day period before or after his or her Personal Trade in a Covered Security, the Covered Security was purchased or sold, or was considered for Purchase or Sale, by or on behalf of the Fund.

Any required reports must be submitted no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction(s) were effected and must include the information described in the sample form, included as Appendix B.
 
Independent Trustees are not required to report Personal Trades in accounts over which they do not have any direct or indirect influence or Control (e.g., a blind trust), nor are they required to report purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an automatic investment plan (i.e., a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including dividend reinvestment plans).2

VI.           CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
It is the responsibility of each person subject to the Code, in the event he or she has a question regarding any relationship (including serving as an officer or director/trustee of another entity), proposed transaction (including the provision or receipt of any gift or gratuity), or activity (including an outside business activity) or action that could present a conflict of interest with the Fund, or (as applicable) could jeopardize an Independent Trustee’s independence, to seek the advice of the CCO or Fund counsel to ensure that the circumstances in question do not involve any impropriety.  Fund counsel and the CCO shall confer with each other regarding any such advice sought or given.
 
The Independent Trustees have fiduciary duty to the Fund and are expected to fulfill their obligations to the Fund in a manner consistent with that obligation.  Although the annual trustees and officers questionnaire serves to solicit information regarding circumstances that may involve conflicts of interest, trustees and officers are nevertheless expected to promptly inform the CCO or Fund counsel of any such circumstances.  The CCO and Fund counsel shall confer with each other regarding the same.

________________________
2
Any transaction, however, that overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the automatic investment plan must be reported.
 

6

 
 

 
VII.           RECORDKEEPING
 
The CCO shall maintain the following records in the manner and for the time periods described by Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act:

 
(a)
a copy of this Code of Ethics and any other Code of Ethics which is, or at any time within the past five (5) years has been in effect and all amendments to such Code(s);
 
 
(b)
a copy of each signed and dated Certification acknowledging receipt of the Code and any amendments or updates to the Code for a period of at least five (5) years after the individual acknowledging receipt is no longer an Access Person;
 
 
(c)
a record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which such violation occurred;
 
 
(d)
each report, record or finding made under this Code, including any information provided in lieu of these reports (e.g., duplicate account statements) for a period of at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided;
 
 
(e)
a list of all individuals who currently are, or within the past five (5) years were deemed, Access Persons of the Fund, as well as records of any decision by the CCO to exempt a person from the definition of “Access Person” and supporting documentation for and facts surrounding such a decision;
 
 
(f)
a list of all individuals who currently are, or within the past five (5) years have been, required to submit Personal Trade Reports pursuant to this Code;
 
 
(g)
a list of all persons who currently are or within the past five (5) years have been responsible for reviewing reports submitted pursuant to the Code; and
 
 
(h)
a copy of each report submitted to the Board pursuant to Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii) for a period of five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made.
 
VIII.           REVIEWS; VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES
 

A.           CCO Review of Reports

Reports submitted pursuant to this Code (if any) will be reviewed by the CCO.  Through these reviews, the CCO will seek to identify any improper Personal Trading activities.  In connection with this review, the CCO will consult with Fund Counsel regarding any such activities.

B.           Reporting Violations


7

 
 
 
 
 
 

 


All persons subject to this Code are expected to promptly report any actual or suspected violations of this Code to the CCO or the President.  The identity of the person making such a report will be kept in confidence whenever possible.  Persons who report actual or suspected violations will be protected from retaliation for making such reports.

C.           Addressing Code Violations

Violations of this Code may result in the imposition of criminal penalties or sanctions by the SEC, applicable self-regulatory agencies, or other law enforcement or regulatory authorities, or remedial action by the Fund.  Such remedial action may include, but is not limited to, forfeiture of any profit from or loss avoided by a transaction, removal from office, or formal verbal or written warning.

Determinations as to whether a violation has occurred, and the appropriate sanctions, if any, to be recommended to the Board, shall be made by the CCO, in consultation with Fund counsel, and may be subject to review by the President or the Board, as appropriate.  The CCO  shall confer with the President and the Board, as appropriate, regarding Code violations.  However, no person believed to have violated this Code shall participate in such determinations made with respect to his or her own conduct.

IX.           BOARD APPROVALS AND REPORTS
 
B.  
Initial Approval of Codes of Ethics
 
Under Rule 17j-1, the Board, including a majority of Independent Trustees, is required to approve the Service Provider Code of any new 17j-1 Service Provider before initially retaining its services.  Before or at the Board meeting at which such a code is scheduled for approval, the 17j-1 Service Provider is expected to provide the Board with a copy of its code of ethics, a written certification that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its “access persons” from violating its code, and any other information requested by the Board.

Under Rule 17j-1, the Board must base its approval on a determination that the code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent the relevant entity’s access persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the anti-fraud provisions of the rule.

C.  
Approval of Material Changes to Codes of Ethics
 
Under Rule 17j-1, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, is required to approve any material changes to this Code, as well as to Service Provider Codes, within six (6) months following the adoption of the change.  Accordingly, the Board expects the CCO or the relevant 17j-1 Service Provider to provide timely notice to the Board of any such changes.  Rule 17j-1 requires that before the Board approved any material changes to a code of ethics, it must receive a written certification from the relevant entity that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its access persons from violating its code of ethics.


8

 
 
 
 
 
 

 


Under Rule 17j-1, the Board must base its approval on a determination that the code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent the relevant entity’s access persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the anti-fraud provisions of the rule.

D.  
Annual Reports to the Board
 
Under Rule 17j-1, the Fund and each 17j-1 Service Provider is required to, at least annually, provide the Board with: (1) a written certification that the Fund or 17j-1 Service Provider has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its access persons from violating its codes of ethics; and (2) a written report that describes any issues arising under such code (or any related procedures) since the last report to the Board. This report must include in formation about material Code violations and any resulting sanctions.


9

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
APPENDIX A


Aquila Funds


Capital Cash Management Trust (Dormant)
Churchill Cash Reserves Trust (Dormant)
Churchill Tax-Free Fund of Kentucky
Hawaiian Tax-Free Trust
Narragansett Insured Tax-Free Income Fund
Tax-Free Fund For Utah
Tax-Free Fund of Colorado
Tax-Free Trust of Arizona
Pacific Capital Cash Assets Trust
Pacific Capital Tax-Free Cash Assets Trust
Pacific Capital U.S. Government Securities Cash Assets Trust

The CCO, in consultation with Fund counsel, may make administrative edits to this Appendix, to add or remove Funds or change Fund names, as necessary or appropriate, in order to administer the Code properly.


As of March 6, 2011, the following funds determined to continue with their then-current Codes of Ethics pending further review of this Code as then proposed:

Aquila Three Peaks Opportunity Growth Fund
Aquila Three Peaks High Income Fund
Tax-Free Trust of Oregon

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
APPENDIX B



 

 
Aquila Funds
 
PERSONAL TRADE REPORT
 
For Independent Trustees

 
Quarter Ending: _____________________
 
Submission Date:  ___________________
 
Name: ____________________________
 
This report must be completed, signed and submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transactions that prompted the Independent Trustee’s reporting obligation under the Code were effected.

Part I:                                Covered Securities Transactions

Please provide the requested information regarding the personal trades in Covered Securities made during the calendar quarter that are required to be reported under the Code.

Trans. Date
Title of Security
Ticker or CUSIP
(if applicable)
Interest Rate & Maturity Date
(if applicable)
Number of Shares
Principal Amount
Nature of Trans.
(Buy or Sell)
Price
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               


2

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
APPENDIX B



Part II:                      Securities Accounts

For each transaction described above, please provide the name of the broker, bank or mutual fund company in which the Covered Securities are held, and the date the account was established.

Name of Broker, Dealer, Bank or Mutual Fund Co.
Date Account was Established
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   


 
 
Signature: ___________________________________________                                                                                                           Date: ___________________
 
Print Name: __________________________________________
 

 
*If you have any questions regarding this form, please contact the CCO.*


3
EX-99.P CODE ETH 4 orb12subcoe.htm CODE OF ETHICS OF THE SUB-ADVISER orb12subcoe.htm
CODE OF ETHHICS
 
DAVIDSON FIXED INCOME MANAGEMENT, INC.


CODE OF ETHICS

As of April 25, 2007


SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS


For the purposes of this Code of Ethics (the “Code”), as required by Rules 204A-1, 204-2(a) (12) and (13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the following general definitions shall apply:


1.           Davidson Fixed Income Management, Inc. (“DFIM”) is the “Adviser”.


2.           Advisory representative shall include any: (a) officer or director of the Adviser; (b) employee of the Adviser; (c) other person designated by the Chief Compliance Officer; and (d) other person who provides investment advice of behalf of the Adviser and is subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser. An Advisory representative shall not include a person who receives no information about current recommendations or trading, or an employee who obtains information in a single instance, infrequently and inadvertently.


3.           Reportable security shall mean any “security” as defined in Section 202(a)(18) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, except that it does not include: (i) Transactions and holdings in direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; (iii) Shares issued by money market funds; (iv) Transactions and holdings in shares of other types of open-end registered mutual funds, unless Adviser or a control affiliate acts as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund; and (v) Transactions in units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in mutual funds, unless Adviser or a control affiliate acts as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund.


4.           Security means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.


 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS


5.           Beneficial ownership will be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of such Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. An Advisory representative is presumed to be a beneficial owner of securities that are held by his or her immediate family members sharing such person’s household.


SECTION 2: GENERAL POLICY

Advisory representatives are required to comply fully with all laws, rules and regulations, as well as all written supervisory and other policies and procedures of DFIM, applicable to DFIM’s business. Advisory representatives are specifically reminded that it is unlawful for any of them, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security recommended, traded, held or to be acquired by the Adviser, or the private client accounts or any other accounts of the Adviser:

1.
To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Adviser or any other person or entity;

2.
To make untrue statement of a material fact to the Adviser or any other person or entity, or omit to state to the Adviser or any other person or entity a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

3.
To engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Adviser or any other person or entity; or

4.
To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Adviser or any other person or entity.

The provisions of this Code of Ethics have been instituted, in part, in an effort to ensure that Advisory representatives do not, inadvertently or otherwise, violate the proscriptions outlined above.


SECTION 3: ADVISER FIDUCIARY OBLIGATIONS

The Advisory representatives are cognizant of and committed to the performance of their fiduciary duties under general corporate law and as more specifically articulated in the Investment Advisers Act, including, with limitation, the proscriptions against overreaching, self-dealing and conflicts of interest. Moreover, with respect to certain legal matters and ethical questions arising in the course of their deliberations and actions, such Advisory representatives should regularly seek the advice of legal or compliance counsel. These general principles and procedures shall not be affected by this Code, which is directed to the particular objective of compliance with the provisions of Rules 204A-1, 204-2(a) (12) and (13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and such provisions are applicable to all Advisory representatives and to the prevention of engagement in any personal securities transactions by Advisory representatives which might conflict with or adversely affect the interests and welfare of the Adviser and/or any clients of the Adviser.


SECTION 4: PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS


General Policy

The Adviser has adopted the following principles governing personal investment activities by Advisory representatives:

The interests of client accounts will at all times be placed first;

All personal securities transactions will be conducted in such manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and

Advisory representatives must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.


Pre-Clearance Required for Participation in IPOs

No Advisory representative may acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering for his or her account without the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, who must be provided with full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of the Advisory representative’s activities on behalf of a client) and, if approved, will be subject to continuous monitoring for possible future conflicts.

Pre-Clearance Required for Private or Limited Offerings

No Advisory representative may acquire beneficial ownership of any securities in a limited offering or private placement without the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer who must be provided with full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of the Advisory representative’s activities on behalf of a client) and, if approved, will be subject to continuous monitoring for possible future


SECTION 5: REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Every Advisory representative shall provide initial and annual holdings reports and quarterly transaction reports to the Chief Compliance Officer or a designee that must contain the information described below.


1. Initial Holdings Report

Every Advisory representative shall, no later than ten (10) days after the person becomes an Advisory representative, file an initial holdings report containing the following information:

The title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security in which the Advisory representative had any direct or indirect beneficial interest ownership when the person becomes a Advisory representative;

The name of any broker, dealer or bank, account name, number and location with whom the Advisory representative maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Advisory representative; and


The date that the report is submitted by the Advisory representative.

 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS


The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the person became an Advisory representative.


2. Annual Holdings Report

Every Advisory representative shall, no later than January 30 each year, file an annual holdings report containing the same information required in the initial holdings report as described above. The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the annual report is submitted.


3. Quarterly Transaction/Account Reports

Except as otherwise provided in this Code, every Advisory representative must, no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter:

(i)           file a quarterly transaction report containing the following information with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a reportable security in which the Advisory representative had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

The date of the transaction, the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate
and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount (if applicable) of
each reportable security;

•           The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

•           The price of the reportable security at which the transaction was effected;

•           The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

•           The date the report is submitted by the Advisory representative.


(ii)           file a quarterly account report containing the following information with respect to any account established by the Advisory representative in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Advisory representative:

•           The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Advisory representative established the account;

•           The date the account was established; and

 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS


•           The date that the report was submitted by the Advisory representative.

A. Exempt Transactions

An Advisory representative need not submit a report with respect to:

Transactions effected for, reportable securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan;

A quarterly transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in securities transaction confirmations or brokerage account statements that Advisory representative holds in its records so long as DFIM receives the confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter.


4. Fund Purchase Exclusion

For the purposes of this Code of Ethics, under no circumstances shall any fund for which an Advisor provides administrative, distribution or investment advisory services have its own portfolio transactions, accounts or holdings be subject to the account transaction or holdings reporting, pre-clearance or other requirements of this Code of Ethics. This exclusion is necessary to address the situation where a fund’s own portfolio transactions, accounts and holdings technically could be subject to the account, transaction or holdings reporting, pre-clearance and other requirements in this Code of Ethics. This result would serve no protective purpose for a fund and its shareholders, but could prevent a fund from engaging in beneficial transactions on a timely basis and would otherwise have inappropriate and burdensome effects.


5. Monitoring and Review of Personal Securities Transactions

The Chief Compliance Officer or a designee will monitor and review all reports required under the Code for compliance with Adviser’s policies regarding personal securities transactions and applicable SEC rules and regulations. The Chief Compliance Officer may also initiate inquiries of Advisory representatives regarding personal securities trading. Advisory representatives are required to cooperate with such inquiries and any monitoring or review procedures employed by Adviser. In the case of the President and Chief Compliance Officer of Adviser, Davidson Companies Compliance Department shall monitor and review such reports.


SECTION 6: GIFTS


 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS


All Advisory representatives are prohibited from accepting any gift, gratuity, favor or preferential treatment that could pose a potential conflict of interest to the business of the Adviser and/or any of Adviser’s clients. For example, but without limitation to the previous sentence, no gift shall be accepted by any Advisory representative having a value in excess of $100 per calendar year where such payment is from a person or entity with which the Adviser and/or the Advisory representative have/has a business relationship.


SECTION 7: SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

All Advisory representatives are prohibited from serving on the Board of Directors of a publicly traded company without prior written approval of the President. If the President desires to serve as a Director of a publicly traded company, prior written approval of the President of Davidson Companies is required. Any such approval will be granted only in cases where it is clearly demonstrated that such Board service would be consistent with the interest of Adviser’s client accounts and the investment companies, if any, for which Adviser provides advisory or sub-advisory services.


SECTION 8: DISSEMINATION AND CORPORATE RECORD RETENTION

The Adviser shall provide a copy of this Code of Ethics to all Advisory representatives of the Adviser.

The Adviser, as directed by the Adviser’s President, shall maintain for a five-year period the following records:

1.
A copy of the Code of Ethics;

2.
A record of any violation of the Code of Ethics and of any action taken as a result of such a violation;

3.
A copy of each report made by an Advisory representative pursuant to this Code of Ethics; and

4.
A list of all persons who are required to make reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics, which list shall be attached to this Code of Ethics.


SECTION 9: VIOLATIONS

Any Advisory representative who becomes aware of a violation or apparent violation of this Code of Ethics promptly shall advise the Chief Compliance Officer of the facts and circumstances related thereto. In the Chief Compliance Officer’s absence, or if the violation or apparent violation involves the Chief Compliance Officer, any Advisory representative who becomes aware of a violation or apparent violation of this Code of Ethics promptly shall advise the Legal Department of Davidson Companies of the facts and circumstances related thereto. The person to whom the violation or apparent violation is made known shall thereupon report the matter to the Adviser’s Board of Directors. The Board shall determine whether a

 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS


violation has occurred and, if so, will impose such sanctions, if any, as it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, suspension, termination of employment, or other sanctions.


SECTION 10: POLICIES AND WRITTEN SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES OF ADVISER

Advisory representatives have previously received and are subject to the policies and provisions contained in Adviser’s general policies and written supervisory procedures, including without limitation, Adviser’s policies and procedures which have been established to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information by Adviser and its representatives. Advisory representatives must read this Code in conjunction with all other policies and procedures which Adviser has established.


SECTION 11: CERTIFICATIONS

Initial Certification

All Advisory representatives will be provided with a copy of the Code (which may be provided electronically) and must certify in writing to the Chief Compliance Officer that they have: (i) received a copy of the Code; (ii) read and understand all provisions of the Code; and (iii) agreed to abide by the Code.

Acknowledgement of Amendments

All Advisory representatives will receive any amendments to the Code (which may be provided electronically) and must certify to the Chief Compliance Officer in writing that they have: (i) received a copy of the amendment; (ii) read and understood the amendment; (iii) and agreed to abide by the Code as
amended.

Annual Certification

All Advisory representatives must annually, but no later than January 30 of each year, certify in writing to the Chief Compliance Officer that they have: (i) read and understood all provisions of the Code; and (ii) complied with all requirements of the Code.

Further Information

Advisory representatives should contact the Chief Compliance Officer regarding any inquiries pertaining to the Code or the policies established herein.
EX-99.16 PWR OF ATTY 5 orb12poa.htm POWERS OF ATTORNEY orb12poa.htm
POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Diana P. Herrmann and Joseph P. DiMaggio, and each of them acting singly, his true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a Trustee of The Cascades Trust (the “Trust”), (i) the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 33-4382) or any other applicable registration form under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust, (ii) any application, notice or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (iii) any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm his signature as it may be signed by said attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, to the Trust’s Registration Statement and amendments to said Registration Statement, including any amendments to establish a new series of the Trust, and any other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of the Trust.

All past acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 10th day of June, 2011.



/s/ Gary C. Cornia
__________________________________
Gary C. Cornia



 
 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Diana P. Herrmann and Joseph P. DiMaggio, and each of them acting singly, his true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a Trustee of The Cascades Trust (the “Trust”), (i) the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 33-4382) or any other applicable registration form under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust, (ii) any application, notice or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (iii) any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm his signature as it may be signed by said attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, to the Trust’s Registration Statement and amendments to said Registration Statement, including any amendments to establish a new series of the Trust, and any other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of the Trust.

All past acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 10th day of June, 2011.



/s/ James A. Gardner
__________________________________
James A. Gardner



 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Diana P. Herrmann and Joseph P. DiMaggio, and each of them acting singly, his true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a Trustee of The Cascades Trust (the “Trust”), (i) the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 33-4382) or any other applicable registration form under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust, (ii) any application, notice or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (iii) any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm his signature as it may be signed by said attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, to the Trust’s Registration Statement and amendments to said Registration Statement, including any amendments to establish a new series of the Trust, and any other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of the Trust.

All past acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 10th day of June, 2011.



/s/ Edmund P. Jensen
__________________________________
Edmund P. Jensen


 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Diana P. Herrmann and Joseph P. DiMaggio, and each of them acting singly, his true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a Trustee of The Cascades Trust (the “Trust”), (i) the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 33-4382) or any other applicable registration form under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust, (ii) any application, notice or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (iii) any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm his signature as it may be signed by said attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, to the Trust’s Registration Statement and amendments to said Registration Statement, including any amendments to establish a new series of the Trust, and any other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of the Trust.

All past acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 10th day of June, 2011.



/s/ John W. Mitchell
__________________________________
John W. Mitchell



 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Diana P. Herrmann and Joseph P. DiMaggio, and each of them acting singly, his true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a Trustee of The Cascades Trust (the “Trust”), (i) the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 33-4382) or any other applicable registration form under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust, (ii) any application, notice or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (iii) any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm his signature as it may be signed by said attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, to the Trust’s Registration Statement and amendments to said Registration Statement, including any amendments to establish a new series of the Trust, and any other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of the Trust.

All past acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 10th day of June, 2011.



/s/ Ralph R. Shaw
__________________________________
Ralph R. Shaw



 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Diana P. Herrmann and Joseph P. DiMaggio, and each of them acting singly, her true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a Trustee of The Cascades Trust (the “Trust”), (i) the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 33-4382) or any other applicable registration form under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust, (ii) any application, notice or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (iii) any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm her signature as it may be signed by said attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, to the Trust’s Registration Statement and amendments to said Registration Statement, including any amendments to establish a new series of the Trust, and any other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of the Trust.

All past acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 1st day of July, 2011.


/s/ Nancy Wilgenbusch
__________________________________
Nancy Wilgenbusch